28349
28349
28349
uk
Computer Science
Drama
Economics
Editing Lives and Letters
Electronic Engineering
Engineering and Materials Science
English
Geography
Global Studies
History
Languages, Linguistics and Film
Law
Mathematical Sciences
Medicine and Dentistry
Philosophy
Physics
Politics
Statistics
www.qmul.ac.uk
www.qmul.ac.uk
www.qmul.ac.uk
Contents
Queen Mary, University of London
Essential information
How to apply
Financial costs of study
Funding your study
International students
Next steps
2
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
378
380
381
382
386
392
402
Index
Subjects
Graduate Schools
Humanities and Social Sciences
Business and Management
20
34
Drama
36
Economics
44
58
English
64
Geography
76
History
90
104
Law
122
Philosophy
152
Politics
160
176
Institute of Cancer
180
192
Institute of Dentistry
210
230
241
253
412
264
278
324
Mathematical Sciences
346
Physics
362
Statistics
370
Our roots
Research excellence
Queen Mary, University of London
Research excellence
Queen Mary, University of London
University
The University of Cambridge
The University of Oxford
London School of Economics
Imperial College
University College London
The University of Manchester
The University of Warwick
The University of York
The University of Essex
The University of Edinburgh
Queen Mary, University of London
The University of St Andrews
The University of Bristol
University of Durham
The University of Southampton
The University of Leeds
The University of Sheffield
The University of Bath
The University of Lancaster
Kings College London
Living in London
Queen Mary, University of London
Living in London
Museums, libraries
and collections
Londons museums and archives are
of particular interest to postgraduate students,
many of whom find exhibitions and collections
to complement their studies and research.
The major museums, such as The Science Museum,
Natural History Museum, V&A Museum and galleries
such as Tate Modern, Tate Britain and the National
Gallery are all within easy reach of Queen Marys
campuses.
London has 250 museums and galleries and
a diverse range of independent specialist collections.
The city has 360 public libraries. London is home to
nearly a third of all the UKs archives and holds over
20,000 cubic metres of local authority records alone.
Some of the museums and collections you may be
able to use include:
www.lonelyplanet.com/england/london
www.timeout.com/london
Jewish Museum
Kings College London The Liddell Hart Centre
for Military Archives
Lambeth Palace Library
Living in London
Queen Mary, University of London
International outlook
Queen Mary, University of London
International outlook
International outlook
Queen Mary, University of London
Lin Xiao
Research student,
School of
Electronic
Engineering and
Computer Science
Independent
research offers
students a
wonderful
challenge, as well
as the opportunity
to develop some valuable skills. In particular, I like
being able to learn more about those things I am
interested in, along with the support and
encouragement of my supervisor. Ive been able to
show my research results at major conferences and
communicate with lots of international experts in
my specialist area. So far, it has been a really
amazing experience.
Hrisith M Choksi,
MSc Dental Public
Health
After completing
my BDS from the
A.J.Institute of
Dental Sciences,
Mangalore, India,
in Nov 2007, I
decided to
continue my
studies in the UK.
Queen Marys Dental Public Health programme was
an ideal choice.
The staff at Queen Mary have been amazing
and the facilities are excellent. Overall, living
in London has been a wonderful experience.
Alexander Dolgov,
LLM Banking and
Finance Alumnus
Currently Senior
Associate, Allen
& Overy Legal
Services
Queen Mary
was an obvious
choice for me,
as its Centre for
Commercial Law Studies is widely recognised
and has an excellent reputation.
The programme at Queen Mary not only met my
most ambitious academic expectations, but also
offered an insight into the workings of the financial
world. Many outstanding practitioners contribute,
giving talks on a variety of industry-specific
subjects.
The LLM complimented my law degree from the
top Russian university Moscow State Institute of
International Relations. Upon graduation, I joined
Allen & Overy and am currently a senior
associate.
Airport collection and Welcome Programme
Our Welcome Programme is designed to ensure
that students get the most from their experience of
studying at Queen Mary. This starts with being met
at the airport and follows through with a carefully
tailored induction week. Students have the
opportunity to meet other international students, as
well as get practical advice about living and studying
in London.
Scholarships
Queen Mary constantly seeks to attract students
of the highest quality, and, in recognition of the
important investment that international students
are making in their education, we are pleased to
offer a range of scholarships to reward outstanding
academic achievement. Please see page 382 for
more information about the scholarships available
to international students.
10
11
12
Institute of Dentistry
The Institute offers a thriving and stimulating
research environment with four main research areas:
Microbiology and infectious diseases; Biophysics and
Biomaterials; Biometry and population studies and
Cell and molecular biology.
The Institute boasts the recently opened 1.6 million
Centre for Oral Biometrics (COBM). COBM is used
for the electronic measurement of oral form and
function, using two suites equipped for digitised laser
scanning and computerised mandibular telemetry.
All clinical facilities in the Institute were refurbished
during 2007.
Institute of Health Sciences Education
The Institute houses both educationalists and
researchers, with a unique research programme that
is both clinical and community based, and integrated
with local primary health care, local communitybased groups and sports-focused organisations as
appropriate. The Centre for Health Sciences has a
reputation as a centre of excellence in research
around complex interventions, particularly trials.
The Centre for Sports and Exercise Medicine has a
research programme including work on the legacy
of the 2012 Olympic bid, and a new state-of-the-art
Human Performance laboratory which was recently
completed. The Institute also houses the Centre for
Medical Education, and the Centre for Excellence in
Teaching and Learning (CETL).
13
14
15
16
Postgraduate degrees
Queen Mary, University of London
Postgraduate degrees
Taught programmes
MRes
A Master of Research degree combines a rigorous
taught programme of research training with the
opportunity to pursue a research project.
MA/MSc by Research
Some departments also offer an MA/MSc by Research.
Full-time
If you study full-time for a degree, you are expected
to centre your academic activities at Queen Mary
and to attend regularly and frequently, although you
are entitled to a period of annual leave, which is
usually six weeks per year. The normal time period
taken to complete an MPhil is two years full-time
study; for a PhD it is three years.
Research degrees
MPhil and PhD
All of Queen Marys academic departments offer
research degree programmes. Undertaking an MPhil
or a PhD will enable you to make an original and
significant contribution to the advancement of
knowledge in your chosen subject area. The wide
variety of research interests of individual academic
Attendance
Part-time
Please note that non-EU students cannot study parttime on a student visa. Studying part-time enables
you to follow a study pattern more suited to your
personal circumstances and commitments. You
should assume, however, that the equivalent of
approximately one day per week attendance at
Postgraduate degrees
Queen Mary, University of London
17
Humanities
and Social
Sciences
Business and
Management
21
Research strengths
We are a distinctive School, proud of taking an
approach to scholarship that emphasises the diverse
range of humanities and social science backgrounds
of our staff. Our distinctive, inter-disciplinary
approach to the analysis of business and
management builds on Queen Marys established
reputation for innovative thinking in the humanities,
law, and social sciences. Our emphasis on the
interconnected nature of business management and
society often leads us to ask questions that are not
traditionally considered to be within the remit of a
business school.
22
Scholarships / studentships
The College has a number of bursaries available on
a competitive basis, which offer financial support to
those registering for one of its MSc programmes.
Those applying for PhD research may apply for a
College Studentship, which covers both UK fees
and maintenance for up to three years. These
are generally allocated in May/June of each year.
Candidates do not need to make a separate
application for bursaries and studentships, which are
allocated as part of the usual application procedure.
Further information
Postgraduate Admissions Secretary
Geraldine Marks
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7470
email: [email protected]
www.busman.qmul.ac.uk
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
23
Graduate profile:
Muhammad Usman Abid
24
Business Management
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
Assessment
Assessment takes a number of different forms
including coursework essays, assignments and
presentations, and examinations that take place in
May or early June. Students must achieve an overall
pass in the taught element in order to progress to
their dissertation which must also be passed for a
degree to be awarded.
Entry requirements
You will need a good upper second class honours
degree or equivalent in any subject. International
students need IELTS 7.0 or equivalent.
Further information
Geraldine Marks
Graduate Secretary
School of Business and Management
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS UK
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7470
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 3615
email: [email protected]
www.busman.qmul.ac.uk
Business Management
Queen Mary, University of London
25
Entry requirements
You will need a good upper second class honours
degree or equivalent in any subject. International
students need IELTS 7.0 or equivalent.
Further information
Geraldine Marks
Graduate Secretary
School of Business and Management
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS UK
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7470
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 3615
email: [email protected]
www.busman.qmul.ac.uk
26
Degree programmes
(cont)
Entry requirements
You will need a good upper second class honours
degree or equivalent in any subject. Some basic
quantitative skills and elementary knowledge of
accounting will be an advantage. International
students need IELTS 7.0 or equivalent.
Further information
Graduate Secretary
Geraldine Marks
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7470
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 3615
email: [email protected]
www.busman.qmul.ac.uk
27
Entry requirements
You will need a good upper second class honours
degree or equivalent in a social science or arts
subject. International students need IELTS 7.0 or
equivalent.
Assessment
Assessment takes a number of different forms
including coursework essays, assignments and
presentations, and examinations that take place in
May or early June. Students must achieve an overall
pass in the taught element in order to progress to
their dissertation which must also be passed for a
degree to be awarded.
Further information
Graduate Secretary
Geraldine Marks
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7470
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 3615
email: [email protected]
www.busman.qmul.ac.uk
28
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
Assessment takes a number of different forms
including coursework essays, assignments and
presentations, and examinations that take place in
May or early June. Students must achieve an overall
pass in the taught element in order to progress to
their dissertation which must also be passed for a
degree to be awarded.
Entry requirements
You will need a good upper second class honours
degree or equivalent in a social science or arts
subject. International students need IELTS 7.0 or
equivalent.
Further information
Graduate Secretary
Geraldine Marks
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7470
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 3615
email: [email protected]
www.busman.qmul.ac.uk
29
MSc Marketing
One year full-time
Programme description
This programme will provide you with a
comprehensive knowledge of the working practices,
theories and issues connected with the dynamic and
increasingly important field of marketing in the global
business arena. It will be attractive to both graduates
and professionals who are interested in a career in
marketing, or who wish to widen their knowledge and
competencies in this field. The programme will
identify processes of globalisation and their impact
on multinational enterprises and national firms. It will
compare strategies involved in marketing, examine
the growing field of E-Marketing, discuss the
contemporary debate over marketing ethics and
contrast different approaches to the study of
marketing and their implications. You will gain an
understanding of the nature of global brands and
their centrality for sustainable relationships with
major stakeholders. You will also learn about the
appropriateness of the use of qualitative and
quantitative research methods for marketing, how
to perform market research and how to design
marketing programmes.
Programme outline
You will take the following core modules:
The Firm and the Market Research Methods for
Business and Management International Marketing
International Marketing Communications Brand
Management Understanding Consumer and
Market Behaviour
Optional modules may include:
Finance for Development Innovation and Global
Competition Qualitative Research Methods
Quantitative Research Methods Strategic Games
for Managers E-marketing
Assessment
Assessment takes a number of different forms
including coursework essays, assignments and
presentations, and examinations that take place in
May or early June. Students must achieve an overall
pass in the taught element in order to progress to
their dissertation which must also be passed for a
degree to be awarded.
30
Research
Research degrees
Our Doctoral Programme is one of the most vibrant
and intensive research degrees in London. Students
become members of an internationally recognised
research community in which scholarly excellence
and cutting edge training are highly valued. We
attract students from around the world who benefit
from the Schools expertise, energetic research
culture and excellent work facilities.
Research degrees normally consist of three years of
full-time study in which an original contribution to an
academic field is made. We have an excellent record
for attracting College Studentships, and have placed
PhDs in academic positions in top ranking UK and
international universities. Former students have also
been recruited to influential positions in the
business, corporate and governmental sectors.
Our taught programme covers all research
methodological approaches and equips all first year
PhD students with a wide range of knowledge and
skills needed to complete their independent social
scientific research. This programme is
interdepartmental, involving departments from other
Queen Mary and University of London faculties.
You will be allocated a main and second supervisor.
Over the three years you can expect to form a close
working relationship with your supervisors, meeting
regularly during your time with the School. They will
also closely advise you for the upgrade examination
that takes place after 12 months of research.
Current PhD projects include:
Exporting, Foreign Direct Investment and Firm
Performance.
Gender, Sexuality and Class in Non-Traditionally
Female Work
Culture Industries between Network and
Metropolis: A Dynamic and Asymmetrical Definition
of the New Immaterial Commons.
Trends of the Global University Inside of Cognitive
Capitalism.
Optimising of R&D in Biotechnology and
Pharmaceutical Industries.
Applications are accepted on the basis of the
candidates previous performance, the quality of their
research proposal and the availability of a member of
staff to supervise the chosen topic.
The School also encourages applications from those
whose topic might best be supervised jointly with
another department within the College. Applicants
are asked to submit a proposal of around 3,000
words, outlining the research that they hope to
undertake, providing key references. A full academic
Research areas
The School has a strong research focus and has
quickly established itself as a centre of excellence
for research, attracting a solid core of international
scholars with world-class reputations and a diverse
range of interests. Academic staff also undertake
consultancy activities internationally.
Research is currently focused in six areas:
Globalisation
Equality and Diversity
Innovation, Networks and Knowledge
Business History
Communications, Discourse and Narratives
Education
The School has two Research Centres:
The Centre for Globalisation Research (CGR) aims
to be a leading academic centre for research on
globalisation. Its research, dissemination and user
engagement activities are structured around three
Research Programmes, linked by the common
theme of the analysis of globalisation:
Economic Systems and Development
Knowledge, Organisation and Social Networks
Multinationals
31
32
Globalisation
Dick Allard MSc(Lond)
Senior Lecturer in Economics
Industrial Economics, with particular reference to
Rent-Seeking Behaviour, Environmental Economics,
and Statistics
Dr Alvaro Angeriz PhD(Universidad Autonoma
de Barcelona)
Lecturer in Economics
Applied Macro-Econometrics, Structural Time Series,
Efficiency Stochastic and Deterministic Assessments
Santonu Basu PhD(New England, Australia)
Senior Lecturer in Banking and Finance
The Operation of Credit Market, Economic Growth,
Poverty
Professor Paul Duguid MA(St Louis, USA)
Professorial Research Fellow in Knowledge Management
Business, Management and Organisational History
Critical Management
Ariana Bove DPhil(Sussex)
Lecturer in Marketing
Social and Political Marketing
Ishani Chandrasekara MSc(Teeside)
Lecturer in Accounting
Accountancy, Finance, Gender and Subaltern Studies
Sadhvi Dar PhD(Cantab)
Lecturer in Corporate Social Responsibility/Business
Ethics
Critical Management Studies, International
Development and Non Governmental Organisations,
Discourse Analysis, Ethnography
Innovation, Networks
and Knowledge
Communication and
Business History
Political Economy
Professor Simon Mohun PhD(Lond)
Professor of Political Economy
Political Economy, Economics
33
Staff profile:
Michael Heller
Lecturer in Marketing
My research interests
include organisational and
media history, and the
history of markets and
consumption. I am particularly interested in how
large-scale organisations build up legitimacy and
foster relationships with their public through the
development and use of media.
Currently I am researching a history of Public
Relations in Britain between 1920 and 1950, and
examining a number of major British organisations
including the Prudential Insurance Company, the
National Westminster Bank (RBS), Shell Petroleum
Company and the BBC.
This builds on my PhD, which dealt with the
history of clerical employees in London, and the
development of work in large scale organisations
between 1880 and 1914. It examined the
increasing rationalisation and formalisation of
office work and how clerical workers developed
new professional identities. The complexity of
stratification within the middle class during the
Twentieth-Century was also touched upon.
Knowledge of marketing is becoming a
fundamental requirement throughout all aspects of
the world of work. Accountants, human resource
managers, engineers, project managers and IT
professionals all require a comprehensive
knowledge of marketing to be effective and
successful in their professional life. This is
something we understand at The School of
Business and Management, Queen Mary, University
of London and something we aim to provide.
Contemporary
Global Studies
35
Research strengths
Staff members within these departments are
internationally acknowledged as experts within their
fields, who contribute not only to scholarship, but
also to the work of enterprise, government and nongovernment organisations.
This combination of academic excellence and
practical knowledge is reflected in the teaching,
which places equal emphasis on theory and
practice, and which aims to equip students with
skills that will enable them to pursue successful
careers within their chosen field. Students can
expect close supervisory contact throughout their
period of study, and will also benefit from the vibrant,
friendly, and intellectually stimulating atmosphere,
which characterises the College as a whole.
Postgraduate resources
All registered students will have access to both
Queen Marys excellent research library and the
University of London Library at Senate House.
Information on access to other specialist research
facilities is available from individual departments.
Graduate students also have access to the Lockkeepers Cottage Graduate Centre, an award-winning
building designed especially for graduate students in
the Humanities and Social Sciences. It features a
seminar room, two workrooms with computing
facilities, and a common room. Students also
attend interdisciplinary training workshops offered
throughout the year by the Graduate School, on such
topics as writing journal articles, research ethics,
preparing for an academic career, enterprise skills,
and knowledge transfer.
Degree programmes
MA Cities and Cultures - see page 81
MSc Global Business - see page 25
MA Global and Comparative Politics - see page 164
MSc Globalisation and Development - see page 82
MA International Financial Management - see page 26
MA International Relations - see page 165
MSc Public Policy - see page 167
MA Migration and Law - see page 130
Drama
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
37
Department of Drama
www.drama.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of Drama is an exciting, dynamic
and creative place for scholars and practitioners in
drama, theatre and performance studies, and was
rated the top drama department in the UK in the
2008 RAE. Our teaching and research embrace
contemporary and emerging art forms as well as
the rich history of theatre and the performing arts,
especially those of the early modern period and
the Nineteenth and Twentieth-Centuries. Our
postgraduate students are at the forefront of new
research in the field.
Research strengths
The Department of Drama was created in 1997, as
part of the School of English and Drama. It has a
thriving undergraduate programme, and more than
60 postgraduate students, making it one of the
largest and most rapidly growing departments for
graduate study in the country. Our students come
from a wide range of cultures and backgrounds and
their work on theatre and performance has a strong
international dimension.
In a spirit of intellectual and creative adventure
and ethical commitment, research in the Drama
Department consistently explores the cultural politics
of performance. Across all of our research, both
practice- and text-based, we aim to enhance political
understanding of the place of theatre and
performance in social life.
38
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of Drama
www.drama.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate resources
Further information
Scholarships / studentships
Scholarship information changes every year. In
2009, we awarded five internal scholarships to
postgraduate students. We also have an excellent
record in securing Arts and Humanities Research
Council awards for both PhD and MA study.
Applicants wishing to be considered for funding
are strongly encouraged to contact us at the earliest
possible date.
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
39
Department of Drama
Career opportunities
We offer students the possibility of attending a variety
of workshops on professional career development, in
addition to the opportunities offered by the College
careers services. A very high percentage of our
graduates attain academic jobs, and there are Queen
Mary graduates working in universities across the
globe. They also have the skills to enter many
aspects of theatre work, arts management, research,
publishing, and teaching at all levels of the education
system.
40
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
41
Entry requirements
Normally, an undergraduate degree with a first or
upper second class honours (or the equivalent) in
a relevant field. Where a North American marking
scheme is used, applicants should normally have
a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.3.
Promising applicants who do not meet the formal
academic criteria but who possess relevant
credentials and who can demonstrate their potential
to produce written work at Masters level will also be
considered. As part of the admissions process, we
may call for examples or written and artistic work
and/or interview candidates.
Further information
Ms Patricia Hamilton
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8524
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries and academic advice,
please contact:
Director of Taught Postgraduate
Programmes in Drama
Dr Catherine Silverstone
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8579
email: [email protected]
42
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
Research degrees
We welcome postgraduate students and visiting
research fellows to undertake research in our areas
of interest (see below). Research students are
registered for University of London degrees
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the supervision of
members of academic staff. Students may receive
financial support (research studentships) offered by
the research councils. A limited number of College
studentships are also available.
For further information on MPhil/PhD degrees,
see page 16.
Research areas
Research in Drama focuses on the cultural politics of
performance. This encompasses a range of topics,
themes and cultural contexts including:
Shakespeare and Renaissance Drama
in performance
Live Art
Modern and contemporary European theatre
Cultural industries
Performance history and historiography
Theatre and development, especially human rights
Acting theory
Applied drama
Dramaturgy, directing, and directors theatre
South Asian performance
Drama
Queen Mary, University of London
43
Economics
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
45
Department of Economics
www.econ.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of Economics is one of the top
Economics Departments in the UK. We are
committed to excellence in research and teaching,
and combine an international reputation with a
friendly and informal atmosphere for both staff and
students.
Research strengths
Queen Mary has been a school of the University of
London since 1907, with Economics taught since
1965. Over time, the Department has developed a
reputation for effective, serious study, and creative
research.
The aim of the Departments graduate programme
is to produce fully trained professional economists.
We are proud of our outcome: former students have
carved out successful careers in academia, industry,
finance, the civil service and other areas of the
public sector, both in the UK and on the
international stage, in organisations such as the
International Monetary Fund and foreign Central
Banks. The operation and achievements of the
graduate programme are closely linked to the range
and depth of research activities in the Department.
To date we have more than 500 undergraduate
students, about 200 postgraduate students and
40 academic researchers in the staff.
We have great expertise in three areas of economics:
Economic Theory, Econometrics and Finance, and
Applied Economics. We have been able to publish
outcomes from our research in virtually all the top
journals in the field. These include The American
Economic Review, Annals of Statistics, Econometrica,
Econometric Theory, The Review of Economic
Studies, The Journal of Banking and Finance,
The Economic Journal, The European Economic
Review, The Journal of Finance, The Journal of
Econometrics, The International Economic Review,
The Journal of Economic Theory, The Journal of
Public Economics, Economic Theory, Economics
Letters, The Journal of Applied Econometrics, The
Journal of the European Economic Association and
the Rand Journal of Economics.
Our research strengths have made it easy to develop
close collaboration with a number of governmental
and non-governmental agencies providing further
opportunities for those wishing to undertake research
with these organisations.
46
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of Economics
www.econ.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate resources
In addition to the high quality of teaching and
supervision available, we provide excellent
computing facilities for applied economic analysis.
The Department has a subscription to Datastream
as well as providing standard software packages for
data analysis, simulation, and word processing
including GAUSS, Eviews, PCgive, RATS, Microfit,
and Stata. There are two Departmental computing
labs, each with 30 PCs and dedicated printers.
These labs are on the undergraduate Ethernet
network with links to College servers and the
Internet. There is a dedicated postgraduate micro
lab with more specialised econometric software.
The faculty computer services officer is on call to
help with queries and problems.
Graduate students in Economics also have access
to the Lock-keepers Cottage Graduate Centre, an
award-winning building designed especially for
graduate students in the Humanities and Social
Sciences. It features a seminar room, two workrooms
with computing facilities, and a common room.
Our graduate students also attend interdisciplinary
training workshops offered throughout the year by
the Graduate School, on such topics as writing
journal articles, preparing for an academic career,
enterprise skills, and knowledge transfer.
Scholarships / studentships
We have a strong track record of attracting bursaries
and scholarships for MSc study and PhD research.
We offer unparalleled financial support to deserving
graduate students. At the MSc level, we offer a
number of Bursaries, varying from 3,000 to 5,000
each, depending on the programme and on
academic merit. In the academic year 2008-09 the
department gave out more than 50,000 in
scholarships.
For the coming year we are planning the following
scholarships:
Ten 3,000 scholarships for MSc Banking and
Finance
Five 5,000 scholarships for the MSc Economics
Five 3,000 scholarships for the MSc Finance
and Economics
Five 3,000 scholarships for the MSc Finance
and Econometrics
Ten 3,000 scholarships for the MSc Finance
and Investment.
Further information
Programme Manager (Postgraduate)
Sandra Adams
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5096
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office,
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
47
Department of Economics
Career opportunities
We are proud of the achievements of our graduate
students. First destinations of some of our graduates
since 2001 include employment at: University of
Manchester, NIER, Central Bank of Colombia, Chief
Economist at Hansabanka Latvia, Centre for
Longitudinal Analysis, Carlos III University (Madrid),
OFCOM, IMF Research Department, Barclays Bank
and American University (Washington DC). Many
other students work in the City in institutions such
as Barclays, HSBC, Ernst&Young, KPMG and so on.
Graduate profile:
Karim Boudjelal
Studied: MSc
in Finance and
Investment
graduated 2007
Currently:
Working for
Deutsche Bank
in the
City of London
Why did you choose Queen Mary for your
postgraduate study?
After having studied Economics in the University
of Toulouse 1, I decided to come to London to
obtain an MSc in Finance and Investment. Why
would a French person come to London to study
finance? You all may know the City of London
is at the heart of the worlds financial markets.
Therefore, I knew that obtaining an MSc in
Finance and Investment in a leading UK
University would grant me an added benefit in
settling down in the professional world. I chose
Queen Mary after researching widely on
universities in the UK and establishing that the
Department of Economics at Queen Mary was
renowned for its excellent research work.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
The Department of Economics at Queen Mary
University of London offers you a range of
programmes taught by well-qualified
professionals, who will help you to get the best
experience from your time in London. Moreover
the structure of the MSc, a mix of revision
classes, tutorials, and guest speakers keeps the
programme intense and helped me to achieve
the best results. From a personal point of view, I
enjoyed the warm welcome provided by the staff
(workshop and events), which helped me to meet
other students from all over the world. This has
enriched my experience even more. As a
foreigner I was also very pleased by the English
modules offered for free which helped me
become more confident. The College is also
well equipped with excellent modern facilities,
especially the gym.
What are your career plans in the next five years?
I now live in London and work for one of the
leading investment banks in the world.
I definitively think that studying for the MSc in
Finance and Investment at Queen Mary prepared
me more than adequately for my entry into the
corporate world.
48
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
Assessment
The grade for each module is assessed through
coursework, which counts for 25 per cent of the final
marks, along with a written exam in May. The 10,000
word Dissertation written over the summer counts for
four modules.
Entry requirements
You should have at least an upper second class
honours degree, or equivalent, normally, but not
strictly, in Economics. Some background in
quantitative subjects in advisable. Students are
expected to sit pre-sessional statistics and
mathematics examinations following intensive
pre-sessional modules in September.
Further information
Postgraduate Programme Manager
Sandra Adams,
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5096
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Leone Leonida
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8833
email: [email protected]
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
MSc in Economics
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This is a well-established intensive programme
providing rigorous training in modern economic
theory and applications. It is best suited for students
who wish to train for careers as professional
economists in the private sector or the government,
or who wish subsequently to follow an academic
career or to pursue research in economics. The
programme has a research dissertation component
and has recognition as a Research Training degree
by the ESRC under their 1+3 scheme.
Those registering for the MSc in Economics take four
core modules in the first semester and four modules
in the second semester, of which three are core
modules and one is an option. MSc Economics
students are also required to take pre-sessional
modules in Mathematics and Statistics, designed
as refresher courses so that their background
knowledge is at the level of required for postgraduate
study in Economics.
Programme outline
Pre-sessional modules
Mathematics Statistics
Core modules
Macroeconomics A Microeconomics A
Econometrics A Mathematics for Economists
Macroeconomics B Microeconomics B
Econometrics B
49
50
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
51
MSc in Finance
and Econometrics
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This programme provides advanced study in finance
and econometrics. The programme gives training for
those who wish to specialise as financial economists
and econometricians in the private sector or
government, or who wish to follow an academic
career. The programme has a research dissertation
component and has recognition as a Research
Training degree by the ESRC under their 1+3
scheme.
Those registering for the MSc in Finance and
Econometrics take three core modules in the first
semester and two core modules in the second
semester. Thereafter you may choose the mix of
modules making up your degree according to the
options below. MSc Finance and Economics students
are also required to take pre-sessional modules in
Mathematics and Statistics, designed as refresher
courses so that their background knowledge is at the
level of required for postgraduate study in Finance
and Econometrics.
Programme outline
Pre-sessional modules
Mathematics Statistics.
Core modules
Quantitative Asset Pricing Time Series Analysis
Financial Econometrics Econometrics A
Econometrics B.
Entry requirements
You should have at least an upper second class
honours degree, or equivalent, in economics or a
related subject. A good basic knowledge of relevant
statistical theory and mathematics is also necessary,
and students are required to sit pre-sessional
statistics and mathematics examinations following
an intensive two-week course in September.
Further information
Postgraduate Programme Manager
Sandra Adams
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5096
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Marika Karanassou
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5090
email: [email protected]
52
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Core modules
Quantitative Techniques Money and Banking
Investment Analysis Behavioural Finance
Empirical Finance Corporate Finance
Financial Derivatives International Finance
Assessment
A written examination is taken in May for each module.
Some modules may also include assessed coursework.
You will also produce a 10,000-word dissertation over
the summer, which will normally include both
theoretical economic content and applied results.
Entry requirements
You should have at least an upper second class
honours degree, or equivalent, in economics or a
related subject. A good basic knowledge of relevant
statistical theory and mathematics is also necessary,
and students are required to sit presessional
statistics and mathematics examinations following
an intensive two-week course in September.
Further information
Postgraduate Programme Manager
Sandra Adams, Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5096
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Ron Giles, Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8049
email: [email protected]
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Certificate in Economics
One year full-time
Programme description
This is a nine-month programme based on a mix of
core microeconomics, macroeconomics, statistics
and either economics or finance options, depending
on the chosen profile. Although it is a standalone
programme, most students use it as a preparatory
programme before embarking on an MSc, either at
Queen Mary or at another academic institution. It is
designed for applicants who are academically very
able but whose background knowledge is not yet at
the level required to embark on an MSc programme
and perform successfully. Our Certificate students
either have an undergraduate degree in a noneconomics subject and require a conversion course,
or have an economics degree which did not cover
some of the necessary subjects at the level we
require.
Students achieving the Certificate with Merit or
Distinction in June will gain automatic entrance to
the MSc programme of their choice in the following
September, simply by presenting the application to
the chosen programme.
53
Programme outline
In consultation with an adviser, you will select eight
modules from the undergraduate programme in
Economics, attend classes/seminars that follow these
lectures, and sit examinations in May. These will
normally include undergraduate core modules in
microeconomics, macroeconomics, statistics and
econometrics. Exceptionally, if you can demonstrate
that you have covered the content of a particular
module to an acceptable standard, then, in consultation
with your adviser, you may substitute alternative
modules drawn from the final-year undergraduate
programme. The title of the award will depend on the
mix of modules chosen, but will normally specify
Economics or Economics and Finance.
Assessment
You will sit eight examinations in May and early
June. There are three passing grades: Pass, Credit
and Distinction.
Further information
Postgraduate Programme Manager
Sandra Adams, Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5096
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Andrea Carriero, Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8050
email: [email protected]
54
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
55
Research
Research degrees
Research areas
56
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
Economic Theory
Nizar Allouch MSc PhD(Paris 1, Sorbonne)
Senior Lecturer
Microeconomics
Giulio Fella Laurea(Bocconi, Milan) MSc(Warw)
PhD(Lond)
Senior Lecturer
Macroeconomics and Labour economics
Winfried Koeniger Diplom(University of Bonn)
PhD(European University Institute)
Lecturer
Macroeconomics
Lord Peston BScEcon(Lond)
Emeritus Professor
Chairman of the House of Lords Select Committee
on Economic Affairs
Macroeconomics and Economics of education
Christopher Tyson PhD(Stanford)
Lecturer
Microeconomics
Roberto Veneziani BSc(Siena) PhD(LSE)
Lecturer
Microeconomics and History of economic thought
Nick Vriend PhD(EUI, Florence)
Professor
Microeconomics and Behavioural economics
Economics
Queen Mary, University of London
57
Applied Economics
Jos-Miguel Albala-Bertrand BSc Lic(Chile) MScEcon
PhD(Lond)
Senior Lecturer
Political economy of development
Francesca Cornaglia Laurea PhD(University of Torino,
Italy)
Lecturer
Labour economics, Microeconometrics and Health
economics
Ronald Giles BSc MA PhD(Kent) MSTA
Lecturer
Behavioural Finance and Noise Trading.
Jonathan Haskel BSc(Bris) MScEcon PhD(Lond)
Professor
Industrial economics and Labour economics
Staff profile:
George Kapetanios
Professor, Head of Department
Editing Lives
and Letters
MRes in Renaissance
and Early Modern Studies
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
59
Research strengths
The Centre for Editing Lives and Letters (CELL) is a
unique facility for large and small-scale editing projects
in historical biography, diaries, correspondence and
other works, 1500-1800.
CELL has three main functions: to be a home to
cutting-edge, archivally-based research projects; to
offer a postgraduate training programme in both
traditional and innovative scholarly skills enabling
access, organisation and interpretation of documentary
materials for research in text studies and history; and
to be a platform for discussion and debate.
CELL offers major opportunities for other scholars to
participate in the Centres activities from one-off
lectures and master-classes to year-long funded
fellowships. It provides research opportunities for
students, visiting scholars and those with a general
interest in archives and is currently developing a
schools outreach programme. CELL is housed in a
comfortable, well-equipped building, which provides a
welcoming environment for long-term and occasional
visitors. There it hosts seminars, colloquia and
conferences for professional and amateur scholars
and students. CELL aims to draw young scholars into
editing and people-based history and to empower
those who study history as amateurs by providing them
with the necessary skills to have confidence in their
own judgment. CELL showcases historical research
projects both in book form and online providing a
forum for the latest in research discussion. CELL offers
hospitality to visitors from tea and sympathy to expert
advice.
CELL is led by a team of internationally renowned
scholars whose work reaches academic and popular
audiences. Our focus is interdisciplinary, and is
grounded in archival material. Scholars at CELL
are involved in projects examining lives and letters,
especially in the development of electronic resources
around these subjects. Other research currently
includes: Anglo-Dutch relations in the SeventeenthCentury; gentry culture; intelligence and political
networks; letters in literature.
60
Scholarships / studentships
Further information
Robyn Adams
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8907
email: [email protected]
Additional information for the MRes course and
application process is available on our website:
www.livesandletters.ac.uk
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
61
62
Degree programmes
Research
63
Research degrees
We welcome postgraduate students and visiting
research fellows to undertake research in our areas
of interest (see below). Research students are
registered for University of London degrees
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the supervision of
members of academic staff. Students may receive
financial support (research studentships) offered by
the research councils. A limited number of College
studentships are also available. For further
information on MPhil/PhD degrees, see page 16.
Entry requirements
Students with a distinction at MA level or equivalent are
eligible to apply for admission to research degrees. For
international students, please refer to the International
students section from page 386 to page 391.
Research areas
History of science; biography and life-writing,
intellectual and cultural history; epistolary networks.
CELL is interested in projects that deal with the
documents associated with early modern life writing,
especially in electronic form. Members of staff at the
Centre are involved both in managing their own
projects and in developing the potential of existing
projects in collaboration with other scholars. CELL is
interested in the issues and problems presented by
early modern documents associated with life writing,
be they editorial, technical, methodological, pragmatic,
or substantive. If you are interested in proposing a
CELL project you should contact Dr Jan Broadway.
English
English
Queen Mary, University of London
65
Department of English
www.english.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of English at Queen Mary, University
of London is widely recognised as one of the countrys
leading centres for literary research and English
studies. The research and teaching interests of our
staff span a wide range of periods from the classical
to the contemporary, and we have an international
reputation for our pioneering interdisciplinary and
collaborative work.
Research strengths
We are one of the largest English departments in
London, with 40 academic members of staff, and 850
students. The Department has a growing population
(currently 120) of highly qualified postgraduate
students working towards our taught MA and
research degrees. We attract postgraduate students
from all over the world, and greatly value the breadth
of experience this diversity brings to our teaching and
research.
The Departments research strengths are broadly
based. We have specialists who can offer supervision
in the following periods of study: Classical and
Medieval, Renaissance and Early Modern, Eighteenth
Century and Romanticism, Nineteenth-Century
Studies, Modern and Contemporary, Postcolonial.
Many of the Departments staff are known
internationally for their work. They bring to their
teaching and project supervision expertise in the most
recent developments in research methodologies and
an awareness of current directions in research. We
are particularly prominent in histories of the book
and histories of reading, archive-based research
and manuscript studies, visual and material culture,
intellectual history and its literary applications,
cultural theory and politics, literature and religion,
contemporary poetry and poetics, and colonial and
postcolonial literature and theory. We develop and
share these interests with students in our thriving
research culture of seminars and reading groups,
which are open to those following both MA and
doctoral programmes. London is both the setting
and the theme of much of our work, and collaborative
research with great London institutions (including
The Globe Theatre, The National Gallery, the Sound
Archive at the British Library, Dr Williamss Library,
and The Victoria and Albert Museum) is a distinctive
and growing strength.
66
English
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of English
www.english.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate resources
Further information
Students in the Department have access to the Lockkeepers Cottage Graduate Centre, which contains
work stations, computing facilities and social space.
Our postgraduates also draw on the extensive library
and research resources of the University of London
and the British Library. They are also automatically
enrolled in the Graduate School in Humanities and
Social Sciences, which offers a rich and varied range
of research training, lectures, seminars and reading
groups.
Scholarships / studentships
The Department has an excellent track record in
securing funding for our students. In the year 200708 twelve AHRC grants were awarded to PhD
students in the Department, including collaborative
awards and in 2008-09, the Department was
awarded a range of College studentships and
bursaries. These included four full-funded research
studentships and two Masters bursaries. The
Department is also participating in the AHRC Block
Grant Partnership Scheme, which will provide
funding for both MA and PhD students in five-year
cycles. These studentships are allocated to the
Departments acknowledged areas of outstanding
research strength.
English
Queen Mary, University of London
67
Department of English
Career opportunities
In the Department of English we offer students the
possibility of attending a variety of workshops on
professional career development, in addition to the
opportunities offered by the College careers services.
The principal focus of professional graduate training
in the Department is on an academic career, but not
exclusively so.
68
English
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
MA in English Studies:
English Literature
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MA in English Literature invites students to
reflect on some crucial questions. How have ideas
about literature and literary value changed over time?
What effects do innovations in printing and
publishing have on writing? To what extent do
political and social factors condition and define
authorial identities and practices? The programme
considers the relationship between literatures from a
variety of historical periods. It is ideal both for those
who intend to pursue doctoral research particularly
if your interests span traditional literary periods and
for those who wish to achieve a broad overview of
Anglophone literary culture.
The MA in English Literature provides both structure
and flexibility, combining a specially-designed core
module with the opportunity to select further options
from across the whole range of MA modules on offer
in the Department of English.
Programme outline
Core module
The Production of Texts in Context, considers how
texts have been produced, disseminated, and
received throughout history, as well as examining
how this kind of historical enquiry might influence
our own textual interpretations. Topics may include:
the emergence of authorial identity in the Middle
Ages; the reappearance of fictional narrative in
Western Europe; the circulation and reception of
information about news and current affairs in the
medieval and early-modern periods; the relative
longevity and popularity of different works and
genres; manuscript circulation during the
Restoration; the rise of the professional writer in the
mid-Eighteenth Century; the influence of professional
reviewers and criticism upon writing in the Romantic
period; publication in the Victorian era; the
emergence of mass culture and its impact on
literary production in the modern age; the influence
of hypertext and the web on literary production.
Students also take a non-assessed research methods
module, Resources for Research.
Module options
You will also choose three modules one in the first
semester, and two in the second from across the
range of MA modules offered by the Department of
English, and write a dissertation.
Module options may include:
Aestheticism and Fin-de-Sicle Literature Benjamin
and Adorno The Cultural Legacies of the Great War
Freud and Proust Imagining the Modern
Caribbean Metro-Intellectuals: Women Writing in
the City, 17801824 Modernism, Aesthetics and
Politics Modernism and Ireland Modernism,
Secularism and Religion Notions of Progress and
Civilisation Postcolonialism, Language and identity
Private and Public Cultures in Renaissance
England Psychoanalysis and Modern Culture
Reading Shakespeare Historically Renaissance
in Context Rhetorical Cultures in the Eighteenth
Century Romantic Manifestos Sociability:
Literature and the City, 1660-1780 Time and
Historical Imagination Urban Culture and the Book:
London, Publishing and Readers in the Sixteenth
Century Writing the East End
Assessment
Coursework (67 per cent)
Assessment for each module is a 4,000-word essay.
Dissertation (33 per cent)
A dissertation of 12,000-15,000 words.
Entry requirements
Most applicants will have an undergraduate degree
with a first or good upper second class honours (or
the equivalent) in English or such related fields as
History, Cultural Studies and Media Studies. Where a
North American marking scheme is used, applicants
should have a minimum grade point average (GPA)
of 3.5. Promising applicants who do not meet the
formal academic criteria but who possess relevant
credentials and who can demonstrate their ability to
produce written work at Masters level will also be
considered. Applicants may be invited to interview or
asked to submit examples of written and/or creative
work. We welcome applications from mature and
non-traditional students.
Further information
Patricia Hamilton
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8524
email: [email protected]
English
Queen Mary, University of London
MA in Renaissance and
Early Modern Studies
One year full-time; two years part-time
Programme description
The MA in Renaissance and Early Modern Studies
gives you the opportunity to explore the vibrant
culture that existed in Europe between 1450 and
1700. Our approach to this material is genuinely
interdisciplinary: you will look at the history, religion,
literature, and visual culture of the period, and be
taught by experts working in the Departments of
English, History, and Modern Languages. The
specially designed modules examine some of the
most influential figures of the Renaissance including
Shakespeare, Machiavelli, Montaigne, Cervantes,
and Michelangelo, and address the central issues
that are informing current discussions about what
constitutes the Renaissance and early modern
periods. Among the topics that we investigate are:
the emergence of new national identities, the nature
of performance; the role played by religion, changes
in ideas about the self and the body, and the impact
of new technologies in printing and publishing. In all
cases, the aim of the programme is to generate a
historical understanding of the key movements,
debates, and ideas which shaped the period.
Students take this programme for different reasons.
Many graduates of the MA in Renaissance and Early
Modern Studies have gone on to win funding for
doctoral study, and some are now established
academics in their own right.
69
Programme outline
You take three compulsory modules:
Textual Scholarship (semesters one and two)
The Renaissance in Context (semester one)
Renaissance and Early Modern Studies: Research
Preparation (semester two).
Training in Latin is also available.
You will also take two optional modules (one per
semester), from a list which may include: Public and
Private Cultures in Renaissance England Reading
Shakespeare Historically Understanding Religions
Historically Urban Culture and the Book
Transformations of the Self: Renaissance to
Enlightenment Renaissance Bodies Performing
Early Modern Drama Royal Authors and Royal
Lives in Early Modern England
Assessment
Coursework (67 per cent)
Assessment for each module is a 4,000 word essay.
The Textual Scholarship modules are assessed by
practical exercises and do not contribute to your
overall mark.
Dissertation (33 per cent)
A dissertation of 12,000-15,000 words.
Entry requirements
Most applicants will have an undergraduate degree
with a first or good upper second class honours (or
the equivalent) in English or such related fields as
History, Cultural Studies and Media Studies. Where a
North American marking scheme is used, applicants
should have a minimum grade point average (GPA)
of 3.5. Promising applicants who do not meet the
formal academic criteria but who possess relevant
credentials and who can demonstrate their ability to
produce written work at Masters level will also be
considered. Applicants may be invited to interview or
asked to submit examples of written and/or creative
work. We welcome applications from mature and
non-traditional students.
Further information
Patricia Hamilton
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8524
email: [email protected]
70
English
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
Coursework (67 per cent)
Assessment for each optional module is a 4,000word essay. Assessment of Textual Scholarship (the
core module) is by five practical assignments and
two 4,000-word essays.
Dissertation (33 per cent)
A dissertation of 15,000 words.
Entry requirements
Most applicants will have an undergraduate degree
with a first or good upper second class honours (or
the equivalent) in English or such related fields as
History, Cultural Studies and Media Studies. Where a
North American marking scheme is used, applicants
should have a minimum grade point average (GPA)
of 3.5. Promising applicants who do not meet the
formal academic criteria but who possess relevant
credentials and who can demonstrate their ability to
produce written work at Masters level will also be
considered. Applicants may be invited to interview or
asked to submit examples of written and/or creative
work. We welcome applications from mature and
non-traditional students.
Further information
Patricia Hamilton
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8524
email: [email protected]
English
Queen Mary, University of London
MA in English Studies:
Writing in the Modern Age
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
Writing in the Modern Age examines how modernism
and modern writing have encountered a range of
intellectual debates in areas such as politics, art
history, philosophy, psychoanalysis, theology, postcolonialism, and critical theory. Through reflecting
on the dynamic relationships between these different
discourses, the programme will provide you with a
series of tools for thinking about the nature, status,
and role of literature in the modern world.
All students take Modernism and After; a core
module which addresses the concepts of modernity
and post-modernity, and provides a critical
introduction to modernist theory and writing. You will
also be given the chance to choose from a range of
modules. These research-led modules have been
specially designed to reflect the current scholarly
interests of academics within the Department. Such
an arrangement is mutually beneficial: it provides
staff with the opportunity to discuss and debate their
latest work, and students with the chance to come
into contact with cutting-edge research by leading
specialists. Students take this MA programme for
different reasons. Many graduates of Writing in the
Modern Age have gone on to win funding for
doctoral study, and some are now established
academics in their own right.
71
Programme outline
You will take the core module Modernism and
After in semester one, and two research methods
modules, Resources for Research (semester one)
and Researching Modern Culture (semester two).
You will also take three modules (one in semester
one and two in semester two) from a list which may
include: Freud and Proust Imagining the Modern
Caribbean Modernism and Ireland Cultural
Legacies of the First World War Writing the East
End Aestheticism and the Fin-de-Sicle Literature
Modernism, Secularism and Religion
Postcolonialism, Language and Identity.
Assessment
Coursework (67 per cent)
Assessment for each module is a 4,000-word essay.
Dissertation (33 per cent)
A dissertation of 12,000-15,000 words
Entry requirements
Most applicants will have an undergraduate degree
with a first or good upper second class honours (or
the equivalent) in English or such related fields as
History, Cultural Studies and Media Studies. Where a
North American marking scheme is used, applicants
should have a minimum grade point average (GPA)
of 3.5. Promising applicants who do not meet the
formal academic criteria but who possess relevant
credentials and who can demonstrate their ability to
produce written work at Masters level will also be
considered. Applicants may be invited to interview or
asked to submit examples of written and/or creative
work. We welcome applications from mature and
non-traditional students.
Further information
Patricia Hamilton
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8524
email: [email protected]
72
English
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
MA in English Studies:
Writing and Society 1700-1820
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MA in Writing and Society looks closely at the
interaction between literature, philosophy, politics,
religion, and visual culture during the long
Eighteenth-Century. This period in British history was
characterised by ongoing ideological controversies
(around political, religious, and aesthetic doctrine),
the emergence of innovative but unstable systems
of finance and credit, and a rapid and vigorous
expansion in the market for printed texts. These
coincident phenomena raise new and difficult
questions about the relations between writers and
readers, and initiate debates about definitions of
cultural value, and constructions of gender and
cultural difference.
We consider texts in relation to these debates,
addressing both current critical scholarship and the
preoccupations of British life during the EighteenthCentury. Amongst the important contexts that the
programme continues to examine are the sociable
culture of coffee-house and tavern; political life on
the street and in parliament; the vocations of women
poets and polemicists; polite society and its interests
in the management of emotions and the arts; the
growth of empire and the challenges to national
identity it created; the dimensions of philosophical
and cultural enlightenment; the religious revivals and
their transatlantic connections; the world-shaking
crisis of the French Revolution; the dynamic
aesthetic, social, and philosophical experiments
of European Romanticism.
Programme outline
You take two non-assessed modules: Resources for
Research (semester one) and Panoramas of London
(semesters one and two).
In addition you also choose four modules from a list
which may include: Romantic Manifestos MetroIntellectuals: Women Writing and the City, 17801824 Primitivism and Progress Sociability:
Literature and the City, 1660-1780 Rhetorical
Cultures of the Eighteenth-Century
Assessment
Coursework (67 per cent)
Assessment for each module is a 4,000 word essay
Dissertation (33 per cent)
A dissertation of 12,000-15,000 words
Entry requirements
Most applicants will have an undergraduate degree
with a first or good upper second class honours (or
the equivalent) in English or such related fields as
History, Cultural Studies and Media Studies. Where a
North American marking scheme is used, applicants
should have a minimum grade point average (GPA)
of 3.5. Promising applicants who do not meet the
formal academic criteria but who possess relevant
credentials and who can demonstrate their ability to
produce written work at Masters level will also be
considered. Applicants may be invited to interview or
asked to submit examples of written and/or creative
work. We welcome applications from mature and
non-traditional students.
Further information
Patricia Hamilton
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8524
email: [email protected]
English
Queen Mary, University of London
73
Research
Research degrees
We welcome postgraduate students and visiting
research fellows to undertake research in our areas
of interest (see below). Research students are
registered for University of London degrees
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the supervision of
members of academic staff. Students may receive
financial support (research studentships) offered by
the Arts and Humanities Research Council. A limited
number of College studentships and Department of
English research grants are also available.
For further information on MPhil/PhD degrees,
see page 16.
Entry requirements
Candidates will normally have a good first degree
(upper second class honours or above) in the broad
field of the humanities, and will be in possession of
(or anticipate completing) a relevant Masters degree
that demonstrates distinction-level achievement.
For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386
to page 391.
Research areas
Research areas in the Department include:
Classical and Medieval
Research in this area covers topics such as literacy
and orality, cultural exchange between England and
France, the writing of history, and the reception and
transmission of medieval texts. Interests in the
history of the book lead forward into the SixteenthCentury and work in the Renaissance area.
Renaissance and Early Modern Studies
Staff working in this research area have an
international reputation in applied intellectual
history, a term coined at Queen Mary for this
distinctive field. A close link with the Centre for
Editing Lives and Letters provides scholars in the
Department with a backdrop for archival research
and a resource for intellectual exchange across a
range of humanities disciplines.
Eighteenth- and Nineteenth- Century Studies
and Romanticism
Established research strengths lie in the literary
analysis of polite and popular culture, in the poetry
and politics of the Romantic and Victorian periods,
and in intellectual history and the history of the book.
The long Eighteenth-Century is an area of particular
interest and established research strength at Queen
Mary, with colleagues working on rhetorics of race,
philosophy, religion, gender and politics. The
74
English
Queen Mary, University of London
Renaissance Studies
Warren Boutcher MA PhD(Cambridge)
Reader
Early modern European literature, translation,
and philosophy (especially England, France, Italy);
interdisciplinary approaches (especially across
English studies and History)
Andrea Brady BA(Columbia) PhD(Cambridge)
Lecturer
Early modern literature, especially ritual, the popular
press and writing by women; Neoplatonism, dreams
and fantasy in Seventeenth-Century England; and
contemporary avant-garde poetry
Jerry Brotton BA(Sussex) MA(Essex) PhD(London)
Professor of Renaissance Studies
Renaissance visual and material culture; east-west
cultural exchange, particularly Anglo-Islamic;
Shakespeare; early modern cartography and travel
David Colclough MA(Cambridge) DPhil(Oxford)
Senior Lecturer
Literature and culture of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries; the history of English political
thought, rhetoric, and the religious writing of the
period
Eighteenth-Century Studies
and Romanticism
Markman Ellis MA(Auckland) PhD(Cambridge)
Professor of Eighteenth-Century Studies
Eighteenth-Century English literature and culture;
London and literature; sensibility and women's
writing in the Eighteenth-Century; representations
of slavery and empire
Paul Hamilton MA(Glas) MA DPhil(Oxford)
Professor of English
Romanticism; relations between philosophy,
political theory and literature
Anne Janowitz BA(Reed) BA(Oxford) PhD(Stanford)
Professor
Late Eighteenth-Century and Romantic literary
culture; the history and theory of poetry and poetics
Andrew Lincoln BA PhD(Wales)
Reader
Eighteenth-Century culture; Enlightenment social
theory; the culture of Romanticism; comparative
mythology and modern fiction
Chris Reid MA(Cambridge) PhD(London)
Senior Lecturer
Eighteenth-Century studies; political oratory and
rhetorical theory; Eighteenth-Century popular culture
English
Queen Mary, University of London
Nineteenth-Century Studies
Cornelia Cook BA(Mt Holyoke) MA DPhil(Oxford)
Senior Lecturer
The theological foundations of the poetry of TS Eliot;
Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century literature and
rhetorical strategies in Biblical writing
Sam Halliday BA(Sussex) MA(Nottingham)
PhD(London)
Lecturer
Nineteenth- and early Twentieth-Century American
literature; technology and the history of science; the
body and the senses; literary/philosophical responses
to sound and music
Catherine Maxwell MA DPhil(Oxford)
Reader in Victorian Literature
Nineteenth-Century poetry and prose; Aestheticism;
vision and visuality; gender and sexuality in Victorian
literature
Margaret Reynolds MA(Oxford) PhD(London)
Reader in Contemporary Culture
Eighteenth to Twenty-First-Century literature; poetry;
transmission of Classics; imagination of adoption
Nadia Valman BA(Cambridge) MA(Leeds) PhD(London)
Senior Lecturer
Religion, politics and gender in Nineteenth-Century
literary culture, with a particular interest in
discourses surrounding Jews
75
Postcolonial Studies
Rachael Gilmour BA MA PhD(Manchester)
Lecturer
Colonial and postcolonial literature and theory;
African literary and cultural studies; cultural theory
and the politics of language; colonialism and
linguistic thought
Javed Majeed MA DPhil(Oxford)
Professor
Nineteenth-Century British colonial literature; South
Asian postcolonial literatures in English; colonialism,
linguistic thought and translation studies; the
intellectual history of colonialism and nationalism in
South Asia; Islam and postcolonialism
Bill Schwarz BA(York)
Reader
Twentieth-Century Caribbean writing;
postcolonialism; Twentieth-Century British cultural
and political history; some aspects of historiography,
cultural studies and media studies
Geography
MA/MSc Geography
MA Cities and Cultures
MSc Globalisation and Development
MA London Studies
MSc Physical Geography by Research
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
77
Department of Geography
www.geog.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of Geography is one of the worlds
leading centres for geographical scholarship and
postgraduate study.
Research strengths
Geography has been taught at Queen Mary since
1894, making us one of the oldest Geography
departments in the UK. The Department is home to
some 250 undergraduates, 60 graduate students,
and 40 research staff and faculty. Research is
organised around five main themes reaching across
the breadth of the discipline. In human geography,
graduate students and staff work within three
research themes: Culture, Space and Power;
Economy, Development and Social Justice; and
Health, Place and Society. In physical geography,
research coalesces around two themes:
Environmental Change, and Hydrological,
Hydrochemical and Fluvial Processes. These themes
are by no means mutually exclusive, and we are
equally supportive of research that reaches across
them. Further support for cross-disciplinary and
multi-disciplinary research is provided through the
Departments research centres. The Centre for
Micromorphology, a joint initiative with Royal
Holloway, University of London, provides world-class
facilities for the examination of sub-glacial
environments using thin section micromorphology.
The Centre for Aquatic and Terrestrial Environments
involves interdisciplinary collaboration between
hydrological and fluvial research in the Department
and the School of Biological and Chemical Sciences
at Queen Mary. The City Centre: Researching City
Lives and Connections builds on urban research
across the human geography themes, and develops
links to other research at Queen Mary and outside
the academy.
78
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of Geography
www.geog.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate resources
Research students are an integral part of the
Department and we offer a thriving and supportive
research milieu for our research students. This
includes a weekly seminar series and regular reading
groups in which staff and students explore the most
recent developments in the discipline. In addition
MA/MSc and PhD students in human geography
attend our bi-termly Research Frameworks meetings a discussion group convened around the work of
distinguished visitors. MSc and PhD students in
physical geography can take advantage of the
Departments Physical Geography Discussion Group,
providing regular meetings where staff, postdoctoral
research assistants and postgraduate students present
and discuss new ideas and preliminary research
findings in a friendly and informal atmosphere.
Our graduate students enjoy desk and computing
space in dedicated graduate offices with networked
computer facilities, and access to the departmental
research facilities including specialist computers
and computing software for statistical data analyses,
geographical information systems, desktop publishing
and the processing of video and electronic images.
Those undertaking research in physical geography and
environmental science have access to some of the best
laboratory facilities of any geography department in the
UK, both in the Department itself and through access
to the School of Biological and Chemical Sciences, and
facilities in the Centre for Micromorphology and Centre
for Aquatic and Terrestrial Environments at Queen
Mary.
As a graduate student in Geography, you will also be
part of Queen Marys Humanities and Social Sciences
Graduate School, providing access to the Lock-keepers
Cottage Graduate Centre and the further support and
training offered by the Graduate School.
Scholarships / studentships
In 2009 we awarded two College Masters Bursaries
and two College Research Studentships. Bursaries
pay domestic fees and are available to applicants to
any of our Masters programmes. To be eligible for a
bursary you must first have been accepted on to a
MA/MSc programme. We also awarded two College
Research Studentships. These pay both domestic or
overseas fees, and a maintenance allowance set to
match the British Research Councils maintenance
grant, for a period of three years. If awarded a College
Studentship you will be required to undertake teacher
training in year one of your studies, and a few hours
of teaching each week in years two and three.
Studentships are open to all applicants to our PhD
programmes in human and physical geography. For
human geographers, the Departments Geography,
Cities and Cultures, and Globalisation and
Further information
www.geog.qmul.ac.uk
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
www.qmul.ac.uk/postgraduate/hss
Queen Mary University of London Graduate Admissions
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
79
Department of Geography
Career opportunities
The Department has a wide range of links with
organisations in the working world, including
international trade unions (for example ITWF),
community organisations (for example London
Citizens), and regional and international governmental
and inter-governmental agencies (for example OECD,
World Bank and NHS). We also have links with
Medical and Biomedical Science departments at
leading London Universities, and with the ESRCfunded London Women and Planning Forum. Our
links with conservation and resource management
organisations include Centre for Hydrology and
Ecology, Dorset and Wallingford, Countryside Council
for Wales, Environment Agency, HR Wallingford Ltd,
and Natural England.
Non-Government Organisations
Jeremy Anderson Strategic Researcher,
International Federation of Transport Workers
Marcel Bakker Geologist with NITG-TNO,
Dutch Geological Survey
Lydia Bruce-Burgess Technical Specialist
Development Control, Environment Agency
Stewart Clarke National Macrophyte Specialist,
Natural England
Martin Cooper Freelance Researcher, New
Economics Foundation
Helen Dangerfield Geomorphologist, Royal
Haskoning
Carolyn Gaskell Research Director, Kids Company
Lina Jamoul Community Organiser with the
Industrial Areas Foundation, Chicago, USA
Colm Jordan Geologist with British Geological
Survey
Edlam Aberra Yemeru Human Settlements
Officer, UN-HABITAT in Nairobi, Kenya
Graduate
Profile Akile
Ahmet
Studied: Geography BA,
Geography MSc and
PhD in the Geography
Department, graduated
BA 2003, Masters 2004.
Currently: Working for Goldsmiths, University of
London in the department of Professional and
Community Education as a researcher.
Why did you choose Queen Mary?
The Geography department as well as the
university as a whole is extremely friendly. The
lecturers are always accessible. Having one-toone contact and the opportunity for regular
feedback and support is essential.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
I have learnt so much from my time at Queen
Mary. Firstly, how to manage my work and really
enjoy the learning process to its fullest. Secondly,
to be who I am at present. And finally, the unique
location of Queen Mary being a student in east
London has taught me so much.
What are your career plans in the next five years?
I hope to continue my career as an academic.
80
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
MA/MSc Geography
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MA/MSc in Geography is designed to provide an
advanced understanding of a variety of specialisms
in human geography. A key feature of the
programme is its flexibility. It can be taken in three
different modes, enabling you to choose the length of
dissertation and number of optional modules
(whether in Geography or a cognate discipline) you
take. The programme has proven especially popular
not only to recent graduates but also to professionals
who want to update their qualifications and widen
their research and writing skills. The MA/MSc in
Geography (Mode C) is recognised under the ESRCs
1+3 funding scheme.
Programme outline
Core modules:
All students take the core module Social Science
Research: Methods and Methodologies.
MA/MSc in Geography Modes of Study
Mode A MA/MSc Geography (Research)
Students complete the core module Social Science
Research: Methods and Methodologies A
dissertation of 30,000 words One specialist module
from the list of options offered
Mode B MA/MSc (Named Specialism for example
Cultural Geography)
Students complete the core module Social Science
Research: Methods and Methodologies A
dissertation of 22,000 words Two specialist
modules from the list of options offered
Mode C MA/MSc Geography (ESRC recognised)
Students complete the core module Social Science
Research: Methods and Methodologies A
dissertation of 15,000 words Three specialist
modules from the list of options offered
Module options include:
Culture, Space and Power Art, Performance and
the City Cities, Empire and Modernity Empire,
Race and Immigration Understanding Globalisation
and Development I Understanding Globalisation
and Development II Globalisation and Development
in Practice
You may also substitute one module option from this
list with another approved module offered in a
cognate discipline at Queen Mary, University of
London.
Assessment
The core module, Social Science Research: Methods
and Methodologies, is assessed by coursework; the
dissertations are of an elective length; and the
optional modules are assessed through a mix of
coursework assignments ranging from extended
essays to project summaries and practical reports.
Entry requirements
Applicants will normally be expected to have a
relevant first degree with first or upper second class
honours (or equivalent) in Geography or a related
discipline in the social sciences or humanities. We
actively encourage applications from students who
have developed an interest in any aspect of human
geography or related social sciences at
undergraduate level, and/or who have relevant work
experience. For international students, please refer to
the International students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Jennifer Murray, Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8165
email: [email protected]
Yajing Li, PhD
in Economic
Geography
I chose to study
at Queen Mary
because I was
attracted by its
course design and
its location. When
I came to the
department for
further information,
I was impressed by
the warmth of the
staff.
The teaching staff in the College are excellent
and everyone is ready to help. The academic
atmosphere is wonderful and students have
many opportunities to meet and discuss the latest
issues with key people in related disciplines.
I like the seminars sponsored by the College,
where I have opportunities to communicate with
people outside of the College. Ive also found
the PhD-related training courses helpful and
interesting.
When I saw my name on the list of MSc
graduates, I was so happy and excited.
My MSc experience enriched my life and
provided me with confidence for my PhD
work and life in the future.
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
81
Entry requirements
Applicants will normally be expected to have a
relevant first degree with first or upper second class
honours (or equivalent) in Geography or another
discipline in the arts, humanities or social sciences.
We actively encourage applications from students
who have developed an interest in any aspect of
cities and cultures at undergraduate level, and/or
who have practical experience of working in related
areas. For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Jennifer Murray
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8165
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact:
Dr Simon Reid-Henry
Programme Convenor MA Cities and Cultures
Tel: +44 (0) 20 7882 8418
email: [email protected]
82
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc Globalisation
and Development
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MSc Globalisation and Development examines
the relationship between globalisation and processes
of social and economic development at a variety of
scales. In contrast to many Development Masters,
the degree examines issues of globalisation and
development, inequality, power and resistance in
the Global North as well as South, paying particular
attention to the connections between North and
South and the politics of an increasingly
transnational world. Through a range of pedagogical
methods (seminars, presentations and workshops)
you will have the opportunity to engage with the
latest theoretical and working practices in this field,
providing a basis for those who may wish to pursue
work in this area whether through research or
practice.
Programme outline
Core modules: Social Science Research: Methods
and Methodologies (jointly taught with Geography
at UCL) with the accompanying Thinking
Geographically seminar series unique to Queen
Mary Understanding Globalisation and
Development I Understanding Globalisation and
Development II Globalisation and Development
in Practice 15,000 word dissertation
Module options include:
You may replace one of the specialist core modules
above with other approved modules from Queen
Mary, including from the MA Global and Comparative
Politics taught in the Department of Politics.
Assessment
Assessment on each of the modules is through a
variety of coursework assignments ranging from
extended essays to project summaries and practical
reports. You will also complete a 15,000 word
dissertation (equivalent to 60 credits) on a topic
of your choice relating to the programme.
Entry requirements
Applicants will normally be expected to have a
relevant first degree with first or upper second class
honours (or equivalent) in Geography or a related
discipline in the social sciences or humanities. We
actively encourage applications from students who
have developed an interest in any aspect of human
geography or related social sciences at undergraduate
level, and/or who have relevant work experience. For
international students, please refer to the International
students section from page 386 to 391.
Further information
Jennifer Murray
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8165
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact:
Dr Kavita Datta
Programme Convenor MSc in Globalisation
and Development
Tel: +44 (0) 20 7882 5398
email: [email protected]
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
83
MA London Studies
One year full-time, two years part-time
(Taught in conjunction with the School of English and
Drama and the Department of Politics)
Programme description
London has long been an international centre of
cultural production and political power. This
interdisciplinary Masters programme takes the city
as its focus, using London as a central example,
resource and inspiration. The MA is collaboratively
taught, drawing upon expertise across the
Departments of Geography, Politics and the School of
English and Drama. The programme brings together
historical and contemporary perspectives on
metropolitan culture, through approaches that span
the humanities and social sciences. It also makes
the most of Queen Marys position, being close to
key cultural resources and institutions in London,
while located in the citys East End where many of
the programmes intellectual concerns find most
vivid expression. Dramatic historical changes along
with contemporary and future transformations of this
area provide ample opportunities for scholarly
reflection and debate as well as for engaging with
practices and institutions within and beyond the
academy.
Programme outline
A core module considers influential perspectives
on metropolitan life by using London as an example,
but setting it in the context of other cities across the
world. In addition, you will take three optional
modules and complete a dissertation, following
training in qualitative research methodologies and in
the use of the unsurpassed resources for the study
of London available in the city: libraries, archives,
museums, galleries as well as sites and events.
Core modules
Cities, Empire and Modernity Dissertation (15,000
words) Resources for Research
Module options may include:
Art, Performance and the City Empire, Race and
Immigration Health, Housing and Education of
Immigrants in a Metropolitan Environment Metrointellectuals, 1770-1820 British Women Writers in
London and Paris Sociability: Literature and the
City 1660-1780 Urban Culture and the Book:
London, Publishing and Readers in the Sixteenth
Century Writing the East End
Assessment
Assessment is through a variety of assignments,
ranging from extended essays to book reviews and
oral presentations. You will also complete a 15,000
word dissertation, worth a third of total marks, on a
topic of your choice relating to the programme.
Entry requirements
You will normally be expected to have a first degree
with first or upper second class honours in a
humanities or social science subject (or equivalent
international qualification). We actively encourage
applications from students who have developed an
interest in any aspect of metropolitan culture at
undergraduate level and/or who have practical
experience of working in related areas. For
international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386
to 391.
Further information
Jennifer Murray
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8165
email: [email protected]
www.qmul.ac.uk/london-studies
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Alastair Owens
Programme Convenor MA London Studies
Tel: +44 (0) 20 7882 5401
email: [email protected]
For information on the School of English and Drama,
see pages 36 and 64. For information on the
Department of Politics, see page 160.
84
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
85
Research
Research degrees
The breadth of the Departments research expertise
offers a wide range of opportunities for those wishing
to embark on a programme of doctoral research in
human or physical geography. Research students
are registered for University of London degrees
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the close supervision
of members of academic staff. We welcome
applications from those wishing to study full or parttime. The Department holds NERC Algorithm
Studentships, is recognised by the ESRC for 1+3 and
+3 Studentships and CASE Studentships, and is part
of Queen Marys Block Grant from the AHRC.
Entry requirements
You will normally have a first degree with first or
upper second class honours, or a Masters degree,
in geography or a related discipline.
Please note, you are strongly encouraged to contact
a member of staff with interests in your area or
the Director of Graduate Studies - to discuss your
proposed research before making a formal
application.
For further information on entry requirements
(including the PhD proposal) and how to apply
please see:
www.geog.qmul.ac.uk/admissions/postgraduate
For advice on which member of academic staff you
might best approach to discuss your ideas, contact:
Professor Jon May
Director of Graduate Studies
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8165
Email: [email protected]
For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386 to
391.
For further information on MPhil/PhD degrees,
see page 16.
86
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
(cont)
Research areas
Research in the Department is organised around five
interconnected research themes, offering a broad
range of expertise. The Department welcomes
applications from those who may wish to work on
issues within, or linking between, these themes, or
in related areas of human or physical geography.
Culture, Space and Power Research Theme
Staff in this theme, including two Philip Leverhulme
Prize holders, conduct theoretical and empirical
research in to the spatial politics of cultural practice
in a variety of historical and geographical settings.
Our research has strong interdisciplinary links
(especially with history and anthropology), shapes
international debates, and has close synergies with
research on the geographies of biosciences in the
Health, Place and Society theme. Enquiry into global
connections and diasporic identities enhances our
understanding of the cultural practices that make
new geographies from domestic to global scales.
For example, research on relatedness in Irish
diasporic genealogy, local and cross-border histories
in Northern Ireland (Catherine Nash), new writing
technologies in the English East India Company
(Miles Ogborn), the politics of home and diaspora
among Anglo-Indian women (Alison Blunt), the
cultural construction of knowledge-producing
industries and the relations between technology, the
body and social-environmental relations (Bronwyn
Parry and Simon Reid-Henry), shows how new
geographies of power and identity are made through
material practices, the making of places and the
construction of connections. Working through The
City Centre, research also enhances understanding
of material culture and everyday life in Victorian
cities (Alastair Owens) and of the politics of different
visions of the city through studies of utopian
urbanism and planning practices since the
Eighteenth-Century (Miles Ogborn and David
Pinder). By examining groups ranging from
settlement workers to the situationists and
surrealists, as well as artists and cultural
practitioners, our research also advances
debates about urban spatial politics and
performance (Alison Blunt and David Pinder).
Economy, Development and Social Justice Research
Theme
Members of the Economy, Development and Social
Justice theme conduct theoretically-informed,
politically-engaged research on the nature and
consequences of inequality, uneven development
and social justice in both the Global North and
South. Staff in the this theme are currently engaged
in research in five key areas: The Transformation of
Cities and Regions including work on household
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
87
88
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Geography
Queen Mary, University of London
Hydrological, Hydrochemical
and Fluvial Processes
Research Theme
Lisa Belyea BSc Hons(Carleton) MSc(Waterloo)
PhD(London)
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Development and dynamics of ecosystems,
with an emphasis on peatlands
Kate Heppell MSc DIC DPhil(Oxford)
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Water quality and environmental chemistry
Kate Spencer BSc MSc DIC PhD(Greenwich)
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Estuarine geochemistry and contaminant
behaviour in sediments and soils
Geraldene Wharton BSc(Sheffield)
PhD(Southampton) FRGS
Chartered Geographer (Geomorphology)
Reader in Physical Geography
Fluvial geomorphology and hydrology
Environmental Change
Research Theme
Lisa Belyea BSc Hons(Carleton) MSc(Waterloo)
PhD(London)
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Development and dynamics of ecosystems,
with an emphasis on peatlands
Simon Carr BSc PhD(London)
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Climate, glaciers and landscape
David J Horne BSc MSc(London) PhD(Bristol) FLS
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Quaternary climate and environmental change
Simon Lewis BSc PhD(London)
Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography
Quaternary environmental change and
geomorphology
89
Staff Profile:
Jane Wills
Professor of
Geography
My recent research
has focused on
Londons labour
market. I have been
working on an ESRCfunded project with
colleagues in the
Department (Datta,
May, McIlwaine) to
map the role and
experiences of
migrants in low paid employment. This work will
be published as a book in 2009 and we have
written a number of articles and reports, all of
which are listed on our project website:
www.geog.qmul.ac.uk/globalcities/
I have also been exploring the ways in which
low paid workers can mobilise to secure the
power they need to recalibrate their terms and
conditions of work. As part of this work I have
had ESRC-funding to explore the trajectory of
the London living wage campaign. This campaign
has been led by a broad-based coalition called
London Citizens that has faith, labour and
educational institutions (including our own
Department) in membership. To find out more
see: www.geog.qmul.ac.uk/livingwage/
My research features directly on the course I
teach on Geographies of Labour, and getting
involved in London Citizens has facilitated a lot
of the relationships that are key to doing good
qualitative research. Research outcomes often
feed directly into ongoing campaigns. For
example, work on migrant workers has been
critical in better understanding the nature of the
labour market for low paid work in London.
I have long had an interest in politics and labour
politics in particular. London is a fantastic place to
do this research as there is so much to study.
History
MA in Crusader Studies
MA in History
MA in the History of Political Thought and
Intellectual History (University of London
Intercollegiate Masters Programme)
MA in Twentieth-Century History
Leo Baeck MA in European Jewish History
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
History
Queen Mary, University of London
91
Department of History
www.history.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of History at Queen Mary offers a
wide range of postgraduate MA programmes and
has a world-class research base We provide highquality teaching inspired by cutting-edge research,
together with a friendly atmosphere. The Guardian
University Guide 2009 placed us amongst the
top ten history departments in the country.
Our Department is home to many academics
with outstanding research reputations, including
the President of the Royal Historical Society and
three Fellows of the British Academy.
Research strengths
The Department has two main research clusters:
Medieval, Renaissance and Early Modern, (which
includes four distinct groupings, European and
Religious Cultures (c.1300-c.1640), Italian history
(c.1350-c.1550), Crusader Studies and CrossCultural Encounters) and Modern and Contemporary,
(with a significant sub-cluster in intellectual history
and the history of political thought).
Within the modern and contemporary field, post1945 history is of significant repute and staff within
this area have set a distinctive research agenda.
This is well integrated with the British stream of the
MA in Twentieth-Century History and is supported
by the Mile End Group (MEG) seminar series which
has attracted major speakers from national politics,
the civil service, industry and the media. Recent
speakers include Sir John Major, Dame Eliza
Manningham-Buller, Sir Samuel Brittan, James
Naughtie, Jeremy Paxman and Lord Browne.
The Departments American specialisms overlap with
many areas of its modern and contemporary activity
and the Department is able to offer internationally
renowned expertise on US foreign affairs, Anglo
American relations, labour history and the history
and philosophy of American social science. The
Queen Mary seminar series on America has been
running since 2007, with various distinguished
scholars presenting on their current research.
The Departments distinguished Europeanists offer
expertise in modern French history and TwentiethCentury Russian, German and Italian history, coconvening respective seminars at the Institute of
Historical Research (IHR). Our French historians
play a leading role in the development of ULIP
(University of London Institute in Paris) which is
developing as a centre for advanced study in
European history and culture.
92
History
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of History
www.history.qmul.ac.uk
In July 2009 Queen Mary led by the Department of
History entered in to a strategic alliance with the Leo
Baeck Institute (LBI) in London. The alliance offers
an exciting opportunity for innovative teaching at
postgraduate level, including a new MA programme,
see page 98.
Departmental staff are also involved in setting up the
interdisciplinary Eighteenth-Century Studies Centre
with the Departments of English, Law, Geography,
politics and the language departments. We also host
the Queen Mary Centre for the History of Emotions,
launched in 2008.
The Department has supervised PhDs funded by
institutions and companies such as the BBC, the
Cabinet Office, EDS Haldane, BAE Systems and the
National Maritime Museum.
Postgraduate resources
The History Department is housed in the Arts Faculty
Building, which contains an extensive range of lecture
and seminar rooms, computer rooms, a fully-equipped
drama studio and video rooms.
Our Postgraduate students benefit from a wide range
of services, from accommodation to excellent IT
support and foreign language teaching as well as an
individually designed research-training programme. In
September 2010 the Department will relocate to the
state-of-the-art Humanities building currently under
construction on the Mile End Road.
As members of the Graduate School in Humanities
and Social Sciences, our MA and PhD students have
access to the Lock-keepers Cottage Graduate Centre
in the Arts Quarter of the campus. This Centre is
purpose-built and dedicated for postgraduate use. It
houses a seminar room, a common room with kitchen
facilities, three work rooms with computing resources,
and amenities. It is open to all postgraduate students
in humanities, social sciences and laws. Above all,
it is a location which enables postgraduates from
departments throughout the Graduate School to meet
and which encourages interdisciplinary cooperation to
enrich the research culture at Queen Mary.
Queen Mary has a strong research library and because
we are a member college of the University of London,
you will benefit from the library at Senate House and
the riches of the British Library and the National
Archives, as well as individual college libraries and the
libraries of Britains major museums and galleries.
Supervisors introduce students to libraries and other
special collections, and most of our research students
make full use of these resources, which are unique to
London.
Scholarships / studentships
The availability of scholarships changes from year to
year but for applicants commencing their studies in
September 2009 we were able to offer:
3 Queen Mary PhD Studentships (fees [home
and overseas] and maintenance)
3 Queen Mary MA Bursaries (fees only)
4 Mile End Group Bursaries (MA Twentieth
Century British History)
We expect to be able to offer similar numbers of
awards in 2010-11.
Furthermore, we have been consistently successful
for a number of years in obtaining AHRC funding at
both MA and doctoral level. For details of Arts and
Humanities Research Council funding for MA and
research grants covering fees and maintenance for
applicants with a relevant connection to the UK
(usually residence), or a fees-only award for
students ordinarily resident in the EU, please
visit www.ahrc.ac.uk
Further information can be obtained from our website
at: www.history.qmul.ac.uk/ postgraduate/funding
or by contacting:
Research and Communications Officer
Department of History
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road, London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8348
email: [email protected]
Further information
Research and Communications Officer
Department of History
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road, London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8348
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
History
Queen Mary, University of London
93
Department of History
Career opportunities
The Department has many links with Whitehall,
Government, former senior politicians and the private
sector. The Mile End Group is very successful in
attracting high ranking officials to speak and the
Department has enjoyed successful collaborations
with institutions and companies such as the BBC,
Cabinet Office, EDS and Experian.
Many of our students have gone to work in the civil
service and the media but have also diversified in to
various other commercial and public roles such as
town planning. Graduates often comment that they
have found their time spent at Queen Mary
undertaking postgraduate study to be very rewarding
and fulfilling. Having had much exposure to
influential figures within their chosen fields of
employment they continue to attend departmental
events and seminars.
94
History
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
MA in Crusader Studies
(Taught jointly with Royal Holloway, University of
London) One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MA in Crusader Studies is designed for students
who want to pursue an interest in crusading history
and/or are planning to go on to do a PhD in this
discipline. The programme is taught by
internationally renowned experts in the field and
draws upon Londons status as an established centre
of crusading research. You will have access to the
worlds premier library collections and participate in
the renowned research seminar, The Crusades and
the Eastern Mediterranean at the Institute of
Historical Research. The MA is run jointly by
Queen Mary and Royal Holloway.
Programme outline
The MA consists of a historiographical and thematic
core module, Recording the Crusades, one
programme module, The Crusades: Louis IX of
France and the Recovery of the Holy Land, plus
two compulsory skills modules Beginners and
Intermediate Latin or Advanced Latin/Palaeography
of the Crusading Period (depending on your
proficiency in Latin) and the Research Skills for
Crusades Historians module (all at Queen Mary).
In the second semester you will select one module
option and the topic of your dissertation, which must
fall within the field of Crusader Studies.
History
Queen Mary, University of London
MA in History
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The programme offers students the possibility of
designing their own History MA, drawing on the wide
range of module options available within the History
department, plus a select list of related modules
offered across the faculty. Maximum flexibility is
provided to allow students an excellent range of
choice. Should you wish, you can combine the study
of, for example, medieval religious popular cultures
with the US Presidency, the crusades with France
under the Occupation, Hollywood film or the history
of political thought, or Nazism with Renaissance
culture. Or if you prefer, you may focus your studies
in a cross-disciplinary way drawing on approved
history-based modules outside the Department.
Programme outline
There is a compulsory core module which is teamtaught utilising many aspects of the Departments
expertise, which introduces you to methods and
approaches to history, plus three modules drawn
from those running within the department, and a
select list of cross-Faculty modules. Part-time
students take the core module and one option in
the first year, and two options and dissertation in
the second year.
Assessment
You will be required to produce one essay of 5,000
words for the core module and one essay of 4,000
words for each of the three options in addition to
completing a 15,000-word research dissertation.
Entry requirements
Normally an upper second class honours degree
with History or another Humanities subject, together
with two supportive academic references.
A recognised equivalent from an accredited overseas
institution or an equivalent professional qualification
is also accepted. Applications from mature and nontraditional students are welcomed and will be
treated sympathetically.
Further information
Please contact:
Assistant Administrator (Admissions)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8370
email: [email protected]
95
96
History
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
Modules are assessed by coursework, examination
and a dissertation.
Entry requirements
An upper second class first degree within the broad
field of the Humanities (or overseas equivalent). We
actively encourage applications from students who
have developed an interest in any aspect of the
history of political thought, intellectual history, or the
history of philosophy.
Programme description
This MA is an intercollegiate programme, which
draws on the expertise of academic staff in the fields
of the history of political thought and intellectual
history from across the Colleges and Institutes of the
University of London. The MA Programme as a
whole offers advanced training in intellectual history,
the history of political thought and the history of
philosophy, spanning the period from the ancient
world to the Twenty-First Century. It also provides
students with essential grounding in the various
methods and approaches associated with the study
of the history of thought developed over the past
quarter-century in Europe and the United States.
Further information
Please contact:
Assistant Administrator (Admissions)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8370
email: [email protected]
Programme outline
The MA consists of the core module: Method and
Practice in the History of Political Thought and
Intellectual History, a selection of modules chosen
from the list below, and an individually supervised
dissertation.
Below is a typical sample of modules that may be
offered in a given year:
Democracy: Ancient and Modern, Richard Bourke
(Queen Mary)
Ideology and Propaganda in the Roman Republic,
Valentina Arena (UCL)
Political Thought in Renaissance Europe, Angus
Gowland (UCL)
Hobbes' Politics in Context, Quentin Skinner
(Queen Mary)
The Theory and Practice of Golden Age Kingship,
Alexander Samson (UCL)
Political Thought in the British Atlantic World, c.
16601801, Ian McBride (KCL)
The Public and its Spheres in Britain, 1476
1800, Jason Peacey (UCL)
Religion, Science and Production of Knowledge,
Adam Sutcliffe (KCL)
Infamous Writings: Controversies and Receptions
in the History of Political Thought in Early Modern
Europe, Peter Schroeder (UCL)
Nationalism, Patriotism and Cosmopolitanism in
Political Thought, nineteenth and twentieth
centuries, Georgios Varouxakis (Queen Mary)
Republicanism and Liberalism: Historical and
Analytical Perspectives, Cecile Laborde (UCL)
Languages of politics: Italy 1250-1500, Serena
Ferente (KCL)
Crisis and Future in Nineteenth-Century European
Thought, Axel Korner (UCL)
History
Queen Mary, University of London
MA in Twentieth-Century History
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MA in Twentieth-Century History is unique in
offering students the opportunity to explore the key
events and themes of the Twentieth-Century whilst
specialising in a particular geographical region or the
cultural perspective depending on which stream is
selected. You will explore various aspects of either
British, American or European history, in liaison with
an expert team of teaching staff, who have extensive
research interests in the Twentieth-Century. As well
as furthering your understanding of the salient issues
within your chosen stream, this MA will also develop
your awareness of historiography and build your
confidence in working with primary source materials.
Programme outline
The MA consists of the core module, three modules
chosen from a series of options and an individually
supervised dissertation. Part-time students take the
core module and one option in the first year, and two
options and dissertation in the second year.
Module options may include:
Britain and the Middle East 1900-1960, Dr David
Brooks Comparative Welfare States, Dr Peter
Catterall The US-UK Special Relationship Dr James
Ellison The Hidden Wiring: Government and the
97
98
History
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Programme description
The Leo Baeck MA trains scholars towards
undertaking independent research on Jewish history,
culture and thought in Europe. It provides a strong
grounding in approaches and theories which have
influenced the ways in which scholars understand
Jewish history. Simultaneously, the MA introduces
students to a wide range of sources available for
European Jewish studies. Particular attention will
be paid to the Jewish response to modernity and
problems around the definition and issues of
assimilation and identity. The role of antisemitism
and the origins of the holocaust is central, as is
Jewish intellectual history, focusing on the ideas of
eminent Jewish thinkers about the place of Jews
and Judaism in pre-modern and modern society.
Programme outline
The MA consists of the core module, three modules
chosen from a series of options and an individually
supervised dissertation. Students will also take a
non-assessed research methods module. Part-time
Assessment
You will be required to produce one essay of 5,000
words for the core module and one essay of 4,000
words for each of the three options, in addition to
completing a 15,000 word research dissertation.
Entry requirements
An upper second class honours undergraduate
degree or higher in History (or overseas equivalent).
Mature students are encouraged to apply.
Further information
Please contact:
Assistant Administrator (Admissions)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8370
email: [email protected]
History
Queen Mary, University of London
99
Research
Research degrees
The History Department seeks to foster excellence
in historical research at doctoral level and values its
research students highly. One of the Departments
main strategic aims is to continue our high standards
in the support of doctoral research and to expand
our postgraduate body to match our growth as a
centre of excellence in historical research.
The History Department encourages a lively
postgraduate community and supports a number of
research forums. The postgraduate research seminar
series is run entirely by and for our research
students and combines a mix of papers by research
students, members of departmental staff and
external speakers. The Mile End Group (MEG)
seminar series provides a forum for the study of
issues in contemporary British history which is
unparalleled elsewhere in the United Kingdom. This
research activity, together with the Departments links
with the IHR and its advanced research seminars,
ensures that there is ample occasion at
Departmental events and, at other times, for
discussion of academic, social, administrative or
career-related issues.
Training
The Department of History at Queen Mary, University
of London requires its research students to complete
a training programme as a compulsory part of their
studies. The purpose of this programme is to
enhance the management and quality of students
historical research throughout their period of study
and to help prepare them for their future careers.
Each students training programme is constructed on
a needs-based approach by selecting elements from
the Departments menu of research training provision
in generic and subject-specific skills. The
programme is devised and agreed between the
research student, their supervisory team and the
Departments Director of Graduate Studies on an
annual basis throughout the period of study. It draws
on the resources of the Department, the Humanities
and Social Sciences Graduate School, other sectors
within Queen Mary and the training provision for
historians at the IHR to offer doctoral students the
necessary skills they require to complete their
research and to develop their careers thereafter.
Applicants for full-time research who are not
ordinarily resident in the EU may be interested in
applying for a grant under the Overseas Research
Students Awards Scheme (ORSAS). Queen Mary
puts forward candidates each year, usually with a
good number of selected candidates receiving the
award, which covers the difference between home
and international fees but does not provide help with
maintenance. For more information, please see:
www.history.qmul.ac.uk
Applications
You are encouraged to contact a member of staff
with interests in the relevant research area to discuss
your proposed research prior to making a formal
application. Details of staff and their research
expertise may be found at the Departments website:
www.history.qmul.ac.uk Your application should be
accompanied by a research proposal outlining the
aims and academic context of the research.
Further information
Please contact:
Research and Communications Officer
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8348
email: [email protected]
100
History
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
(cont)
Research areas
Medieval, Renaissance and Early Modern History
The group is currently working on a wide range of
research projects including: a history of the Bedouin
and their role in the Islamisation of the medieval
Near East; the nature of crusading violence; the
history of Italian universities to 1500; the cultural
history of the Virgin Mary; black Africans in
Renaissance Europe; the secret political history of
Britain c.1558-1688; the English clergy and the
Hundred Years War; relations between the army and
civilian society in England and Ireland under George I;
the history of the smile in Eighteenth-Century Paris;
and the Terror in the French Revolution.
Modern and Contemporary History
The modern and contemporary group are currently
engaged in a large number of projects in the fields
of American, British, European history and political
thought including: urban transformation and radical
struggle in Detroit and Turin, 1947-1980; a
comparison of attitudes towards capitalism at the
end of the Nineteenth-Century and the beginning of
the Twenty-First Century; transnational television
history, comparing how television reacted to social
History
Queen Mary, University of London
101
102
History
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.history.qmul.ac.uk/staff
History
Queen Mary, University of London
103
Languages,
Linguistics
and Film
105
Research strengths
We aim to provide a stimulating, intellectually
challenging and nurturing research environment for
our postgraduate student community that currently
numbers about 70.
Masters programmes in the School of Languages,
Linguistics and Film offer students a grounding in
research methods and skills, an introduction to the
critical theories and approaches relevant to the area of
study, and a choice of more specialised options. They
are an essential preparation for students who wish to
continue to doctoral work and are also of interest to
those who want to broaden their intellectual horizons.
Students come from a wide variety of backgrounds
and age groups, from the UK, continental Europe and
overseas. All programmes are available both full-time
and part-time. Each student is allocated to a personal
adviser who offers guidance on personal development
issues as well as academic matters such as choice of
options and preparation for the dissertation.
At MPhil or PhD level, supervision is available in a
great variety of topics ranging from linguistics to
European literatures, cinema, cultural studies,
contemporary theory and the history of ideas. In all
of these areas, students have the opportunity to carry
out experimental and innovative research under the
supervision of scholars who are among the UKs
leading experts in their fields.
All departments hold research seminars to which
distinguished scholars from Britain and abroad are
regularly invited recent visitors include Mary
Douglas, the late Jacques Derrida, Charles Barr
and Laura Mulvey. We organise postgraduate lunch
sessions where students meet to exchange ideas, and
a postgraduate forum for the presentation of research
papers. Professor Quentin Skinner is the Distinguished
Visiting Professor for Humanities in the Graduate
School of Humanities and Social Sciences and Titular
Head of the Arts Research Centre. Professor Skinner
offers annual workshops for graduate students and
succeeds Professor Stuart Hall and Professor George
Steiner, who held the position, respectively, from
2004-2006 and 2000-2003. First-year postgraduates
all attend modules in research methods and skills,
and IT training is available if needed.
106
Scholarships / studentships
Further information
Assistant Administrator (Postgraduate and Research)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8332
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
107
108
Degree programmes
MA in Anglo-German
Cultural Relations
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This is the only MA programme in the United
Kingdom focusing exclusively upon the history,
theory and practice of Anglo-German cultural
relations from circa 1800 until the present. The
programme deals mainly with the literary, theoretical
and cultural dimensions of these relations, and also
contains a unique practical component, in which
students are taught by practitioners from British and
German cultural institutions, as well as by experts
from the fields of publishing, translating and the
media. As such the programme provides a pathway
either for future academic study or for a career
outside of academia.
Programme outline
You will take the compulsory core module: Theory
and Practice of Anglo-German Cultural Transfers
which includes the study of inter- and intra-cultural
relations between (national) cultures and will analyse
the theory and history of Anglo-German cultural
transfers from the late Eighteenth-Century to the
present day. The second part will bring students in
contact with practitioners in this field and introduce
them to the reality of cultural transfers.
MA in Film Studies
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This MA offers you the opportunity to explore key
aspects of film analysis, theory, history and practice.
If you have already studied film at undergraduate
level, you will be able to deepen your knowledge
here. If this is your first in-depth engagement with
film, you will be introduced to some of the liveliest
and most important chapters in the history of
cinema. You will be able to pursue your own
particular interests in a dissertation on a topic of your
choice. The MA also includes an element of practical
work and the study of production practices.
From the earliest days of British cinema, London
was the location of most British studios and it
remains the national focal point for studying film.
Our provision at Queen Mary is enhanced by our
proximity to major cultural centres such as the
British Film Institute, which includes the BFI
Southbank, National Library and National Archive,
the Institute of Contemporary Arts and the CinLumire at the French Institute. The MA attracts
high numbers of well-qualified applicants from the
UK and overseas each year. It is both a valuable
qualification in its own right and particularly useful
for applicants wishing to study subsequently for an
MPhil or PhD in Film Studies.
Programme outline
The core module spans two semesters and provides
an introduction to film analysis, theory and history
and an overview of national and transnational
cinemas (focusing on films from the USA, Britain,
France, Germany, Spain, Italy, Russia and Latin
America). You will also be introduced to aspects
of film production and practice, including the
technology of photography and its use in the feature
film, cinematography and the continuity system and
its relationship to the development of directorial style.
You can also choose two single-semester module
options from a range including: 9/11 and American
Film Auteur Direction Comedies of Desire Films
of Powell and Pressburger Film History: Hollywood
and the Second World War Frame, Space, Time:
Approaches to the Experiences of Film History,
Fiction and Memory in French Cinema Hollywoods
Vietnam Introduction to Film Archives Married to
the Mob?: Mafia representations in Hollywood and
Italian Cinema Moving Landscapes: Film
Geography and Contemporary European Cinema
(subject to approval) Paris on the Screen
Sighting Gender and Sexuality in Latin American
Film
109
110
Research
Research degrees
Research areas
Film Studies
Queen Mary has an active and flourishing interest in
graduate work in Film Studies, leading to the degrees
of MA, MPhil and PhD. The Department of Film
Studies is one of the leading centres for graduate
film study in London and benefits also from its close
collaborative links with staff and graduate students at
several other institutions of the University of London,
such as the SOAS, Goldsmiths College, Birkbeck
College, Royal Holloway, UCL and KCL.
111
112
Research
(cont)
Intellectual history
Philosophical, religious, and political ideas from
the late Sixteenth to the late Eighteenth Century;
relationships between these and literary texts.
French Cinema and Media
Key periods in French cinema (1930s, New Wave,
1980s, 1990s); contemporary womens filmmaking;
theoretical approaches (psychoanalysis, ethics);
central aspects of cinema (set design, genre,
spectatorship).
Linguistics
Research in the department is centred on
sociolinguistics, with a particular expertise in
the following areas:
language and national identity in France,
Quebec and Sweden
languages planning
language attitudes
variation in French
language in the European Union
languages and globalisation.
Further information
Please contact:
Professor Michael Moriarty
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8316
email: [email protected]
German
With its flourishing Centre for Anglo-German Cultural
Relations; its connections with the Leo Baeck
Institute and the University of London Institute of
Germanic and Romance Studies (IGRS); and its
partnerships with the Stiftung Weimar Klassik and
with various German, Austrian, and Swiss
universities, the German department offers an
outstanding international research culture and is an
exceptional place to pursue postgraduate study at
MA, MPhil and PhD level.
The Department, together with its Centre for AngloGerman Cultural Relations, has established an
innovative MA in this field of research (see MA in
Anglo-German Cultural Relations, page 108) and is
also involved in teaching the intercollegiate MA in
German Linguistics, and the IGRS MA on Cultural
Memory. It is also actively engaged in planning for
an MA in Comparative Literature. MA students are
strongly encouraged to attend the Departmental
Research Seminar, and a range of events organised
by the Centre for Anglo-German Cultural Relations,
as well as lectures, readings and workshops given
by Visiting Fellows and the Writer in Residence.
113
114
Research
(cont)
115
116
Research
(cont)
Film
Professor Elza Adamowicz MA(Edin) PhD(Lond)
Professor of French Literature and Visual Culture
Dada and Surrealist art, literature and film; word
and image relations in Twentieth- Century French
literature/art
Eugene Doyen BA MA(Westminster)
Technical Director of Film
The processes of creative writing, the skills and
technique of fiction direction, the relationship
between film theory and film practice
Charles Drazin BA MA(Oxon) PhD(Lond)
Lecturer in Film Studies
British cinema, especially Alexander Korda,
Documentary Movement, Ealing Studios, Free
Cinema and British 'New Wave', French cinema
Professor Peter Evans MA(St Andrews) PhD(Cantab)
Professor of Film Studies
Spanish cinema (especially Buuel), Hollywood
(especially the Musical, Romantic Comedy, Biblical
Epics), British Cinema (especially Carol Reed)
David Barnett, PhD in Catalan
Medieval Literature
I chose Queen Mary because
the Hispanics Department has an
excellent reputation, and is the
only College in London to offer
Catalan. When I phoned up to
enquire and came to visit,
everyone was very friendly and
welcoming.
The best things about the course are my supervisor
and the high level of academic support I receive
within the department. Im fortunate in being able
to attend and take part in the Medieval Hispanic
Research Seminar and to benefit from the excellent
programme of the recently inaugurated Centre for
Catalan Studies. I feel I can call on other members of
the teaching staff within the department if I need to.
I get to travel to Spain to do research there. Closer to
home, I spend time in the Manuscripts reading room
of the British Library reading texts/documents that
were written over five centuries ago.
This year Ive been given the opportunity to do some
teaching. Ive really enjoyed this, especially working
with the two other post-grads from the Department
whove been teaching the same course with me. Ive
learnt a great deal and had a lot of fun at the same time.
The opening of the Lock-keepers Cottage has
provided postgraduates with an excellent new study
space. Its quiet and well-equipped, with a great view
out of the window.
117
118
French
Professor Elza Adamowicz MA(Edin) PhD(Lond)
Professor of French Literature and Visual Culture
Dada and Surrealist art, literature and film, word
and image relations in Twentieth- Century French
literature/art
Sue Harris BA(Strathclyde) MsL(Amiens) PhD(Bris)
Reader in French Cinema Studies
French cinema and popular theatre, books on
European set design, cinema and national identity,
Catherine Deneuve, Bertrand Blier
Professor Edward Hughes BA PhD(Belfast)
Professor of French Studies
Socio-political reading of literature; TwentiethCentury French Literature, particularly Proust,
Camus; Francophone literature of North Africa;
exoticism, marginality and cultural identity
Shirley Jordan BA PhD(Hull)
Reader
Contemporary womens writing in French;
experimental forms of cultural production including
cinema, photo-textual works and installation art;
poetry and art criticism of Francis Ponge
Will McMorran BA(Bris) DPhil(Oxon)
Senior Lecturer in French and Comparative Literature
Comparative approaches to early modern fiction,
particularly the Eighteenth-Century novel in France
and England. Sade and the ethics of fiction
Professor Michael Moriarty MA PhD(Cantab) FBA FRSA
Centenary Professor of French Literature and
Thought
French literature from 1550-1800, history of ideas
(philosophy, theology, political thought)
Leigh Oakes BA PhD(Melbourne)
Reader
Language and national identity in France, Qubec,
and Sweden, language policy in the European Union,
language attitudes, language and globalisation
Libby Saxton BA(Oxon) MA(Cantab) PhD(Cantab)
Lecturer in French and Film Studies
Post-war French cinema and thought, film and
ethics, memory, trauma and testimony
Kiera Vaclavik BA(Sheffield) MA PhD(Manchester)
Lecturer in French Studies and Comparative
Literature
Anglophone and Francophone children's literature
and culture, comparative literature, NineteenthCentury fiction, theories of intertextuality
Staff profile:
Professor Michael Moriarty
Centenary Professor of French Literature
and Thought; Chevalier dans lOrdre des
Palmes Acadmiques
Many early modern (Sixteenth Eighteenth
Century) writers, philosophers, theologians,
moralists are fascinated by the possibility of
explaining apparently virtuous behaviour as false
and deceptive, for instance, because it is practised
for ones advantage or to enhance ones self-image.
I am writing a book entitled Disguised Vices on this
topic, mostly on French material. The research has
been funded under the AHRC Research Leave
scheme. It follows on from a prizewinning study
Fallen Nature, Fallen Selves: Early Modern French
Thought II (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006).
I was drawn to this area through a fascination with
the arguments and strategies used to cast doubt on
apparent virtue, and with the interface between
religious and secular perspectives.
At its best, my research would affect readers
sense of what is important or interesting. I aim to
display the fascination and relevance of what may
appear abstruse or remote in debates from the
past.
Queen Mary benefits from distinguished
researchers in many adjacent disciplines, and
much scope to benefit from interdisciplinary
connections. Our research students are highly
valued, and the material and moral support is
strong.
119
German
Robert Gillett MA(Oxon) PhD(Cantab)
Senior Lecturer
German, Austrian and Comparative Literature and
Culture from 1800 to the present, gender and queer
studies and film
Professor Rdiger Grner BA(Lond) MA(Tbingen)
PhD(Surrey)
Professor of German and Director of the Centre for
Anglo-German Cultural Relations
Aesthetics of Romanticism, Literary modernism in
Germany and Austria, music and literature, AngloGerman literary relations since 1780
Patricia Howe BA PhD(Lond)
Research Fellow
German literature, German and Austrian NineteenthCentury narrative fiction and travel writing
Alasdair King BA(Lond) MA(East Anglia) PHD(Soton)
Senior Lecturer in German and Film Studies
German cinema (contemporary and historical case
studies), film and philosophy, film and spatial theory,
film aesthetics
Astrid Khler Dr Phil(Berlin)
Reader in German
German cultural history 1770-1830, including courtly
and bourgeois sociability, public rituals and literary
journals. Current writings by East German authors
before and after German unification
Angus Nicholls BA(Hons) PhD(Monash)
Research Lecturer in German and Comparative
Literature
English and German Romanticisms; Goethe and the
philosophy of his age, German Critical and
Hermeneutic Theory, European philosophical
conceptions in Twentieth- Century Australian
literature
Professor Leonard Olschner BA(Virginia)
Dr Phil(Freiburg)
Professor of German and Comparative Literature
German and comparative literature, Goethe,
Lichtenberg, Twentieth- Century poetry, literature of
the Shoah, Paul Celan, Adorno, translation studies
Falco Pfalzgraf Staatsexamen(Kassel)
PhD(Manchester)
Lecturer in German Linguistics and Medieval
German
The influence of English upon German, Linguistic
Purism (synchronic and diachronic focus), the
relationships between politics, language, and culture
Hispanic Studies
Elena Carrera LicFil(Zaragoza) MA(Nottingham)
DPhil(Oxon)
Lecturer in Hispanic Studies
Spanish Golden Age history and literature (passions
and emotions, madness, mysticism, autobiography,
Cervantes), contemporary Spanish narrative
Professor Trevor J Dadson BA(Leeds) PhD(Cantab) FBA
Professor of Hispanic Studies, Vice-Principal
(Humanities and Social Sciences)
Golden Age Spanish and Portuguese poetry, textual
editing, Golden Age cultural history (literacy, history
of the book, the Moriscos), contemporary Spanish
poetry
Patricia DAllemand LicFil(National University of
Colombia) PhD(Lond)
Senior Lecturer in Hispanic Studies
Latin American literature, cultural theory, cultural
history and history of ideas, with particular emphasis
upon Colombia, the Andean region and Southern
Cone countries
120
(cont)
www.sllf.qmul.ac.uk/research
Linguistics
Professor David Adger MA MSc PhD(Edin)
Professor of Linguistics
Syntactic theory, interfaces in grammar, syntactic
variation
Professor Jenny Cheshire BA(Lond) PhD(Rdg) FRSA
Professor of Linguistics
Sociolinguistics, language variation and change, syntax
of spoken language, Multicultural London English
Colleen Cotter MA(Sussex, Berkeley) PhD(Berkeley)
Lecturer in Linguistics
Sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, ethnography
of communication, discourse analysis, language of
news media, endangered languages
Paul Elbourne MA MPhil(Oxon) PhD(MIT)
Lecturer in Linguistics
Semantics, philosophy of language, syntax-semantics
interface
Professor Carlos Gussenhoven MA(Amsterdam)
PhD(Nijmegen)
Professor of Linguistics
Phonology, prosody, experimental phonology, intonation
of west Germanic languages, typology of tonal systems,
intonational transcription of spoken corpora
Daniel Harbour MA(Oxon) MPhil (Oxon) PhD(MIT)
Lecturer in Linguistics
Features (linguistic atoms) in morphology, syntax,
semantics, endangered language
documentation/preservation
Erez Levon BA(UCLA) MA PhD(NYU)
Lecturer in Linguistics
Socialistics, stylistic variation, language and
gender/sexuality, language and nationalism,
Israel/Palestine
121
Russian
Jeremy Hicks BA MA PhD(Lond)
Senior Lecturer
Russian cinema, especially non-fiction, documentary
and newsreel from 1920s to 1940s; Dziga Vertov and
film representations of the Holocaust
Anna Pilkington MA(Moscow)
Lecturer
Russian avant-garde, childrens literature and folk
literature
Professor Andreas Schonle MA PhD(Harvard)
Professor of Russian
Eighteenth and Nineteenth- Century Russian
literature, cultural meaning of ruins, landscape
design in Russia, conceptions of modernity in Russia
and the West
Staff profile:
Professor David Adger
Professor of Linguistics
Im interested in the underlying organising
principles of language, especially in those that
create grammar, so when I see phenomena that
appear to challenge the existence of such
principles, such as massively free word order,
apparently random variation, or structures that
look just the reverse of what one might expect, I
feel I have to tackle them!
Law
LLM Programme
MA in Medical Law and Ethics
MA in Migration and Law
MSc in Management
of Intellectual Property
Certificate in Intellectual Property Law
MSc Law and Finance
Postgraduate Certificate in Trade Mark
Law and Practice
Postgraduate Diplomas in Law
Postgraduate Diploma in International
Dispute Resolution (Arbitration)
Postgraduate Diploma in International
Dispute Resolution (Mediation)
Diploma/LLM in Computer
and Communications Law (Distance Learning)
Postgraduate Diploma in International
Commercial Arbitration (Distance Learning)
Postgraduate Diploma in International
Mediation (ADR) (Distance Learning)
MA by Research in Law
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
123
School of Law
www.law.qmul.ac.uk
The Queen Mary School of Law has consistently been
ranked in the top 10 in the UK for research, thanks
to our internationally recognised staff, many of whom
act as advisors to governments, industry and NGOs
both nationally and internationally. Along with
contributions from distinguished visiting academics
and practitioners, our postgraduate students are able
to benefit from a supportive and intellectually
stimulating environment, conveniently located in
Lincolns Inn Fields, Holborn, near to numerous law
firms, chambers and the Courts of European Justice.
The Department of Law research strengths
www.law.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of Law conducts an extensive range
of teaching and research activities. National and
international institutions, governments, industry and
the legal professions make use of the expertise of the
Department of Law.
The Department of Law has particular expertise in the
areas of public international law; international human
rights; public law; European Union law; criminology,
class law, legal theory and legal history; equity, trusts
and property law; healthcare law; comparative law;
immigration, asylum and rights of ethnic minorities;
company and commercial law; labour law,
competition law; criminal law and environmental law.
The Centre for Commercial Law Studies research
strengths
www.ccls.edu
The CCLS was created in 1980 by Professor Sir Roy
Goode CBE QC to develop a body of knowledge and
skills in the areas of commercial law, which is used
by governments, public bodies, international
financial institutions, NGOs, the legal professions
and industry and commerce.
CCLS has particular strengths in arbitration, banking
and finance law, comparative and commercial law,
intellectual property, economic regulation,
international business law, law and development,
mediation, computer and communications law, EU
financial law and tax law.
The School of Law at Queen Mary offers postgraduate
research and teaching activities to over 600 students
from all over the world. The School of Law, comprising
the Department of Law and the Centre for Commercial
Law Studies (CCLS), has over 60 full-time members of
academic staff, which makes us one of the largest Law
Schools in the country, teaching both undergraduates
and postgraduates. It also provides access to a wide
range of specialist institutions, visiting fellows and
practitioners who contribute their expertise to
educational programmes that blend academic issues
with practical skills. Government, public bodies,
overseas institutions, the legal profession, industry
and commerce all consult and utilise the experience,
knowledge and skills of the Schools staff.
124
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
School of Law
www.law.qmul.ac.uk
Professor Chris Reed in conjunction with ICANN
(Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and
Numbers) is working on the Public Comment
Period on Czech Arbitration Court Proposed Pilot
Projects. This pilot project aims to identify ways
of compliance with the existing rules while still
permitting electronic submission of documents
which are authenticated to a level which is
equivalent to hard signed documents.
Postgraduate resources
Postgraduate School of Law Centre
In May 2007 we opened the new Postgraduate School
of Law in a fully refurbished building in Lincolns Inn
Fields, Holborn, which is near to numerous law firms,
chambers and the Courts of Justice and the Institute
of Advanced Legal Studies. The building has wireless
and scan to email facilities, workstations for students,
smart boards and digital data projectors for teaching
and a students common room.
Libraries
As well as housing the Law Library and a European
Documentation Centre, the Queen Mary Library at
Mile End provides access to all the main British,
European and international textbooks, law reports
and periodicals and also boasts one of the best
commercial law collections in the country. Through
the University of London College network, students
have access to an unrivalled range of electronic law
journals and databases.
In addition to the Queen Mary Library and the British
Library, Postgraduate students are able to access the
well-stocked law library at the University of Londons
Institute of Advanced Legal Studies (IALS). The
Institute, located at Russell Square, a few minutes
walk from Lincolns Inn Fields, is one of the major
law libraries worldwide. Access to the University of
London Library at Senate House, which is a general
library with a very large collection, of particular
interest to those studying legal theory, legal history,
and commercial law, is available to MPhil and PhD
researchers registered with the School.
Postgraduate law students have access to the
Colleges extensive computing facilities, including
full Internet access.
Graduate Centre
Graduate students in the School of Law also have
access to the Lock-keepers Cottage Graduate
Centre, an award-winning building on the Mile End
campus designed especially for graduate students
in the Humanities and Social Sciences. It features
a seminar room, two workrooms with computing
facilities, and a common room.
Scholarships / studentships
Scholarship information changes every year. In 2009,
we awarded the following scholarships:
LLM
Fourteen scholarships covering full tuition fees
spread across Home, EU and International Students
MSc in Management of Intellectual Property Herchel
Smith scholarships
Several tuition fee waivers are awarded at the home
student rate and a small stipend towards additional
costs to graduates of British universities only in
mathematics, engineering and the natural, medical
and computer sciences.
John Kemp Scholarship (The Benescience Foundation)
Awarded annually to a student who intends to
pursue a career as a Patent Agent. The scholarship
is approximately 1,000.
Department of Law Taught Masters Bursaries
Several bursaries available to students studying MA
Medical Law and Ethics and MA Research in Law.
MSc Law and Finance Progammes
Several joint bursaries offered by the Economics
Department and the School of Law.
Research Scholarships
Queen Mary Studentship Awards (seven awards)
available to full time students for payment of full
MPhil/PhD fees and maintenance grant worth at
least 14,900 (reviewed annually). All full time
students with an agreed offer of study are eligible
to apply
Herchel Smith Scholarships (The American Friends
of Cambridge University) in Intellectual Property
Law are awarded each year to new applicants and
continuing PhD students and cover tuition fees
(home/EU and overseas) and quarterly stipend
which varies per year
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
125
School of Law
Career opportunities
Graduate Teaching Assistantships (four awards)
to MPhil/PhD students of fee waiver of home/EU
tuition fees plus maintenance grant (reviewed
annually (worth 12K in 2008). Responsibilities
includes teaching undergraduate law subjects
and acting as LLB student advisers.
For further details on all our available funding
and deadlines, please visit: www.law.qmul.ac.uk/
postgraduate/fees/
Further information
Please contact the individual administrator for
information on specific programmes.
Postgraduate School of Law
Queen Mary, University of London
67-69 Lincolns Inn Fields, London WC2A 3JB
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8100
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Admissions Office enquiries
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
126
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
LLM programme
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
127
UK Competition Law
UK Environmental Law
Youth Justice (half module)
Note: Not all of the modules listed above may be
available in any one year. Therefore, individual
specialisations can only be selected if sufficient
modules are offered. All modules are full subjects
unless otherwise stated.
* Indicates a new module subject to approval.
Please refer to www.law.qmul.ac.uk/llm/programmes
for further details.
Graduate profile:
Melike Tas, Turkey
Studied: Comparative and International Dispute
Resolution LLM graduated 2005
Currently: Working as an associate lawyer at
Paksoy & Co, a Turkey-based law firm.
Why did you choose Queen Mary for your
postgraduate study?
Because of its high reputation in International
Arbitration and dispute resolution studies.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
In comparison with other universities, I found
Queen Mary ideal: the level of teaching and the
technology available to us helped me very much.
I still have still contacts with the College, for
instance, Julian Lew and Loukas Mistelis are
very well known in the Turkish law community.
What are your career plans in the next five years?
I hope to gain more experience in this field and
broaden my experience in practice with an
academic base.
128
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
LLM programme
(cont)
Entry requirements
Admission is based solely on academic merit. The
usual qualification for entry to the LLM programme
is a degree in law, or a degree with substantial law
content, normally of at least upper second class
honours (or equivalent).
Non-law graduates with good honours, that have also
obtained the equivalent of good honours in CPE and
Bar Finals/Legal Practice examinations, or passed
the solicitors qualifying examination, may qualify.
Law graduates with lower second class honours
degrees and at least five years professional legal
experience may also qualify. Non-law graduates
may be considered on the basis of exceptional
professional experience that directly relates to
specialist LLM taught programmes. For students
with International qualifications, please visit:
www.qmul.ac.uk/international
For English Language Proficiency, please see
www.qmul.ac.uk/international/languagerequirements/i
ndex.html#PostgraduateTaughtLaw
Further information
It is strongly recommended that LLM applications be
submitted by end June 2010. Applications received
later than this date may not be processed in time for
the commencement of the next academic year.
Please note that students applying for Queen Mary
Scholarships should apply in time to meet the
separate deadlines.
For general information on the LLM degree,
please contact:
Susan Sullivan, LLM Programme Coordinator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8092
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 8101
email: [email protected]
Nneka Okechukwu, LLM
International Public Law,
Nigeria
Another feature of the
Queen Mary LLM which I
found very appealing was
the fact that a student has
the freedom to structure
his or her programme to
suit his or her preferences
and career goals. I soon
discovered that the seminars encouraged and
challenged students to consider different aspects
of the issues. I particularly liked the fact that for
some classes, visiting lecturers were invited to
enlighten us on the practical applications of what
we learned.
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
129
Degree programmes
Noor Al-Humaidhi,
MA Medical Law
and Ethics
All the teaching
staff took the time
to explain the
intricacies of the
law that I did not
understand (having
done a Medicine
degree) and were
always interested in my thoughts and opinions. The
programme was set up as a series of seminars, so
we were not just lectured but encouraged to prepare
background reading and engage in discussion.
The programme has been a wonderful opportunity
for me to examine the day-to-day duties of a doctor
in a completely different light. I would recommend
it to anyone with an interest in the medical field as
it forces you to question and re-examine issues
that you may have thought were simple and straight
forward.
Advanced Medical Negligence Analyses issues of
medical negligence in depth. Should the good
Samaritan be statutorily protected? Should a failure
to warn of medical risks be treated as significantly
as a failure to diagnose or treat?
Assessment
Medical Jurisprudence and Advanced Medical
Negligence: written examination in May/June
The Legal Regulation of New Medical Technologies:
15,000 word dissertation submitted in June Other
options: submission of two 5,000-word research
papers (June). For one of their two options students
must submit a 10,000-word dissertation in August
instead of the normal mode of assessment for that
option.
Entry requirements
You will normally be expected to have been awarded
(by the time of actually beginning the MA
programme) a first or upper second class degree (or
international equivalent) in a relevant field of study.
Experience in a registered profession (medicine,
nursing, law, the allied health professions) is also
taken into account where an applicant is not offering
the standard qualification. Students with a law
background should normally apply for the LLM in
Medical Law.
Further information
Sophia Oliver
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3283
email: [email protected]
130
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
Assessment is by a 5,000 word essay for each
taught module plus a dissertation of 12,000-15,000
words. The dissertation is worth a third of your
overall mark and each essay is worth one-sixth of
your overall mark.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the programme organiser
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
Dr Monika Nangia
Department of Politics
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7485
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries:
Politics:
Dr Anne Kershen
email: [email protected]
Law:
Dr Valsamis Mitsilegas
email: [email protected]
Graduate profile:
Fulvia Richiardone, Italy
Studied: MA in Migration
and Law
Why did you choose Queen
Mary for your postgraduate
study?
After spending four years in
a UN research institute in
Italy (unicri) doing research
on many different legal
issues related to human trafficking, trafficking in
weapons of mass destruction and juvenile justice,
I became increasingly interested in researching
migration.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
In the classes there were always lively discussions,
with wise guidance and interventions from our
lecturers. And, in such a stimulating environment,
we could freely develop our research interests. In
the first term I could apply my migration theories
studies from my previous work and personal
experience. My studies have enriched and
increased my interest in migration and the
issues faced by refugees.
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
MSc in Management
of Intellectual Property
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This MSc programme is aimed at those who
recognise the increasingly important role of
intellectual property in our modern economy. There
is continual need in industry, commerce and in those
professions concerned with intellectual property law.
This programme is for science and technology
graduates who wish to study intellectual property law
to a high level.
Programme outline
All students are required to study the core modules:
Patent Law I & II, Copyright and Designs Law I, Law
of Trade Marks and Unfair Competition I & II, Basic
Principles of English Law, and a compulsory Study
Project with practical exercises in project
management, commercial and litigation practice. In
Term II, students may also select options from
Competition Law and Copyright and Designs Law II.
Occasional additional second semester options may
be available.
Assessment
Three-hour, 15-minute papers for each full core
option, for example Copyright and Designs Law I and
II Two-hour, 15-minute papers for each half option,
for example Licensing Practice (if option is run)
Study Project (one year, various submitted materials
relevant to management of an intellectual property
portfolio, equivalent to 15 000 words).
Closed book examinations operate for all
programmes.
Students are offered the chance to undertake
additional special papers for those intending to be
Patent and Trade Mark Attorneys. Those who opt to
undertake these exams gain exemption from the CIPA
and ITMA Joint Examination Board foundation-level
exams and also gain a pass in the additional
Certificate of Intellectual Property Law.
Entry requirements
Minimum lower second class honours degree or
equivalent in natural or medical sciences or
engineering. Graduate degrees in mathematics,
computer sciences or economics will be considered,
but must show that a considerable amount of their
previous study covered the areas of science and
technology. Overseas applicants will be required to
demonstrate a proficiency in the English language
(IELTS).
131
Further information
Please contact
Sharon Watson
MSc/Certificate Programme Administrator
email: [email protected]
Tel: +44 (0)20 7822 8098
Fax: +44 (0)20 7822 8101
Graduate profile:
Marie Jansson, Sweden
Studied: MSc in
Management of
Intellectual
Property
Why did you
choose Queen
Mary for your
postgraduate
study?
After
completing a
BEng in
Biochemical
Engineering in London, I knew that lab work was
not for me. In my final year of the course, I had
taken a law elective and for the first time in years
found something I was enthusiastic about. I
decided to convert to law but was reluctant give
up on my scientific background. So after my law
conversion course, I looked for a masters
specialising in Intellectual Property and found that
Queen Mary offered the most highly-rated and
specialised course.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
Management of Intellectual Property provides a
brilliant introduction to Patents, Trademarks,
Copyright and their interrelation with
Competition Law. The structure and detailed
nature of the course gives a great overall picture
of IP. In large part due to the course, I am
currently qualifying as a solicitor and patent
attorney at a dynamic young firm called Ipulse.
The course was incredibly useful for me as it
demonstrated how I could couple my scientific
background with law and provided confirmation
that my future lay in Intellectual Property.
132
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Certificate in Intellectual
Property Law
One semester full-time
Programme description
This is a full-time one-semester programme, which,
at present, runs from mid-September to midDecember, with exams taking place in January.
The Certificate programme is an intensive 13-week
programme designed exclusively for trainee Patent
and Trade Mark agents. Trainees who successfully
complete this programme will gain exemption from
the Chartered Institute of Patent Agents (CIPA)
Examination foundation level exams. The objective
of this programme is to provide the student with a
broad, overall perspective of intellectual property law,
so that later, in practice, he or she has a more
balanced appreciation of the wider range of matters
which modern intellectual property practice involves.
Programme outline
There is intensive coverage of the law and practice
of Patent Law, Trade Marks and Unfair Competition,
Copyright and Designs Law and Competition Law.
There is an introduction to those Basic Principles of
English Law, Practice and Evidence, which are of
special relevance to intellectual property
practitioners.
The emphasis is primarily, but not exclusively, upon
United Kingdom Law; thus, considerable attention is
paid to the European Patent Convention and to
EC law, and to other regional arrangements and
international conventions which affect the activities
of the UK practitioner.
Assessment
Three-hour 15-minute paper for each subject, plus
additional one-hour 45-minute Basic Principles of
English Law, CIPA and ITMA papers for exemption
from the entry exams of both CIPA and ITMA Joint
Examination Board foundation level exams. Closed
book examinations operate for all modules.
Entry requirements
Minimum second class honours degree or equivalent
in natural or medical sciences or engineering.
Graduate degrees in mathematics, computer
sciences or economics will be considered, but must
show that a considerable amount of their previous
study covered the areas of science and technology.
The programme has been specifically designed in
close cooperation with the Chartered Institute of
Patent Attorneys and the Institute of Trade Mark
Attorneys, for the trainee agent who, preferably, has
been in an office for six months to a year and has
Graduate profile:
Andrew Clark, UK
Studied: Certificate
in IP Law
Currently: GraduateTrainee Patent Attorney
at J A Kemp & Co.
Why did you choose
Queen Mary for your
postgraduate study?
I attended the Queen
Mary Certificate Course
in Intellectual Property
as the first stage in
obtaining the necessary
formal qualifications for becoming a UK patent
attorney. I had already been working at a private
practice firm for around one year by the time
the course started.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
The lectures provided a challenging but
accessible, well-rounded introduction not only
to patent law, but perhaps more importantly to
more general aspects of intellectual property
law. Not only did the course help to place the
career that I am now pursuing into its natural
context, it also provided a useful opportunity
to consider in more depth some of the issues
relevant to my work, but not always easy to
dwell on under the time pressures of the office.
The well-informed and enthusiastic lecturers,
the convenient, Central-London facilities and
the friendly atmosphere all played their part in
making my short stay at Queen Mary a most
rewarding and enjoyable experience.
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
133
134
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Postgraduate Certificate in
Trade Mark Law and Practice
Part-time (9 months)
(Subject to approval)
Programme description
This new programme will be offered in January 2010
with exams taking place in August. Trainees who
successfully complete this programme will gain
exemption from the Chartered Institute of Trade Mark
Attorneys (ITMA) Joint Examination Board foundation
level exams. The Certificate in Trade Mark Law will
be a requirement for those wishing to qualify as
Trade Mark Attorneys but it is also open to students
who want to get a good understanding of national,
European, and international trade mark law at an
advanced level.
Programme outline
The programme consists of four compulsory
15-credit modules: Foundations of Law for Trade
Mark Practice Trade Mark Law & Practice A
Trade Mark Law & Practice B Designs and
Copyright Law
Students will begin their study of the programme
with an intensive two-week induction period of fulltime teaching on Foundations of Law for Trade Mark
Practice, introductory elements of the Designs and
Copyright Law and Trade Mark Law & Practice A
modules. These will be conducted in early January.
Students will then proceed to study the remainder of
the Trade Mark Law & Practice A module, Designs
and Copyright Law modules, and Trade Mark Law
and Practice B between February and July.
Assessment
Three-hour 15-minute paper for each module
Closed book examinations operate for all modules.
Entry requirements
Minimum 2.2 honours degree
The programme has been specifically designed in
close co-operation with the Chartered Institute of
Trade Mark Attorneys for the trainee agent who,
preferably, has been in an office for six months
to a year and has already had an opportunity of
becoming familiar with some of the language,
documentation and procedure of Trade Marks.
Overseas applicants will be required to demonstrate
a proficiency in the English language (IELTS).
Please refer to the qualifications guide on page 386.
Further information
Sharon Watson, Certificate Co-ordinator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8098
Fax: +44 (0)20 7882 8101
email: [email protected]
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Postgraduate Diploma
in International Dispute
Resolution (Arbitration)
Postgraduate Diploma
in International Dispute
Resolution (Mediation)
One year full-time
(Subject to approval)
Programme description
These Diplomas, which are available over one
academic year period, will not only provide an
understanding of the theoretical, practical and
ethical problems relating to International Dispute
Resolution, but will also provide a stepping stone
to professionals becoming more involved in
international ADR processes.
Programme outline
This programme is worth 120 credits, ie two full
modules or one full and two half modules and a
skills module, with a focus on arbitration or
mediation.
Arbitration focus: modules
The core module, entitled International and
Comparative Commercial Arbitration (45 credits)
A skills seminar and examination on arbitration
award writing (30 credits) (to include a weekend
seminar)
A choice of other modules which must amount to
45 credits. The options currently available are:
- International Commercial Law
- International Commercial Litigation
- International Construction: Contracts and
Arbitration
- International Trade and Investment Dispute
Settlement
Mediation focus: modules
The core (45 credits) module, entitled Alternative
Dispute Resolution, which interprets the subject as
a truly interdisciplinary field comprising law, social
science, economics, psychology and others. This is
a newly emerged and vibrant area of scholarship,
hence it is impossible to give yes or no answers to
most of the questions. Accordingly, the module will
employ critical thinking and an open discussion
approach. It is expected that students will be
willing to share results of their research and
involved in active discussion of all issues
135
136
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Diploma/LLM in Computer
and Communications Law
Distance Learning
Programme description
The Institute of Computer and Communications Law
(ICCL) offers a programme of online distance
learning modules that leads to the award of a Queen
Mary, University of London, LLM or Postgraduate
Diploma in Computer and Communications Law.
The programme uses the online WebCT teaching
platform to engage with tutors and fellow students in
online tutorials and chat room discussions and to
access professional legal databases and to submit
assignments.
Programme outline
You have the following options:
Diploma
Pass eight taught modules,
Students have the option to take a dissertation
or
LLM
Pass eight taught modules as well as one 20,000word dissertation (or two 10,000 word dissertations
or
Pass six taught modules and three 10,000 word
dissertations (or one 20,000 and one 10,000 word
dissertation).
The programme is based on the modules listed below:
Advanced IP Issues: Digital Rights Management
Advanced IP Issues: Protecting Computer Software
Advanced IP Issues: Trade Marks and Domain
Names Computer Crime Data Protection and
Privacy Electronic Banking and Financial Services
Electronic Commerce Law European
Telecommunications Law Information Security Law
Information Technology Outsourcing Intellectual
Property: Foundation International
Telecommunications Law Internet Content
Regulation Information Communications
Technology and Competition Law Introduction to
Sales and Trading Jurisdictional Issues in eCommerce Mergers and Acquisitions in the ICT
Sector Online Dispute Resolution in e-Commerce
Online Media Regulation Taxation of e-Commerce
Online Banking Financial Services
Assessment
Students must obtain 120 credits for the Diploma
and 180 credits for the LLM.
Credits are obtained through a combination of taught
online modules, dissertations (10,000 or 20,000
Entry requirements
An upper second class honours degree in law (or
with law as a major element) at a British University
or equivalent. Overseas students should contact the
Programme Administrator about the suitability of their
qualifications and English language proficiency skills.
Further information
Michelle Dean, Distance Learning Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8099
email: [email protected]
www.law.qmul.ac.uk
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Postgraduate Diploma in
International Commercial
Arbitration (Distance Learning)
137
Further information
Michelle Dean, Distance Learning Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7822 8099
email: [email protected]
Distance Learning
Programme description
The School of International Arbitration offers the
first Europe-based Postgraduate Distance Learning
Diploma in International Commercial Arbitration with
online support. The Diploma is taught by leading
experts in the area and covers most aspects of
International Arbitration.
This postgraduate degree programme involves parttime study for a period of 16 months starting the
beginning of January each year. A brochure and
application form is available at: www.law.qmul.ac.uk/
postgraduate/llmdistance/diparb
Programme outline
Core component
Semester 1: Compulsory module in International and
Comparative International Commercial Arbitration
Compulsory module in International Arbitration
Award Writing which includes a residential weekend
Optional component
Semester 2: Choice of one of the following modules
International Construction Contracts and Arbitration
International Trade and Investment Dispute
Settlement Alternative Dispute Resolution
International Commercial Law International
Commercial Litigation Dissertation (research paper)
of 15,000 words
Assessment
International and Comparative International
Commercial Arbitration is examined by a 15,000
word dissertation or a take home exam and regular
written assignments. Optional module to be
examined by a 15,000 word dissertation or a take
home exam and several written assignments.
Candidates passing the Diploma paper on
International Commercial Arbitration and the module
on award writing are exempt from Parts I, II and III
of the examinations of the Chartered Institute of
Arbitrators (full exemption from the academic stage).
Entry requirements
The usual admissions criteria for the postgraduate
programmes apply. An upper second class honours
degree in law (or with law as a major element) at a
UK university or the equivalent in other universities.
Equivalent professional qualifications and experience
are accepted at the discretion of the Programme
Director. The Programme Director will be happy to
advise in cases of doubt.
Graduate
profile:
Martin
Goodman
(FCIArb)
Studied: Diploma
in International
Commercial
Arbitration
Currently: SBM Offshore Inc, Senior Project
Manager
"I found the Diploma in International Commercial
Arbitration (Distance Learning) to be an excellent
course and a good investment of my time. The
course is run by a knowledgeable team that have
the ability to transmit their enthusiasm of the
complex and extensive subject matter to their
students. It provided me with a meaningful
insight into the world of commercial arbitration
which will stand me in good stead for my
eventual future as an arbitrator. "
138
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Postgraduate Diploma in
International Mediation (ADR)
Distance Learning
Entry requirements
An upper second class honours degree in law (or
with law as a major element) at a UK university or
the equivalent from overseas universities. Equivalent
professional qualifications and experience are
accepted at the discretion of the programme director,
who will be happy to advise in case of doubt.
Programme description
The School of International Arbitration in cooperation
with the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators (CIArb) is
offering the Postgraduate Diploma in International
Mediation. The Diploma not only provides an
understanding of the theoretical, practical and
ethical problems relating to international mediation
and conciliation, but also provides a stepping-stone
to more professionals becoming involved in
international ADR. The programme runs over a
period of 16 months, starting in January.
Programme outline
All students will have to complete 120 credits, that is
two full modules and an advanced mediation skills
module which includes a residential weekend.
Effectively there are three elements in DipIM-ADR:
Core component
Semester 1: Compulsory module in Alternative
Dispute Resolution, which interprets the subject as
a truly interdisciplinary field comprising law, social
science, economics, psychology and others.
Compulsory module in Advanced Mediation Skills
which includes a residential weekend.
Optional component
Semester 2: You choose from the following modules:
Comparative ADR Law and Practice (half module)
Design and Organisation of Conflict Management
Processes (half module) Multi-party Negotiation
and Mediation (half module) Labour Disputes and
Collective Bargaining (half module) 15,000 word
research paper on a topic not covered by the taught
elements and to be agreed with Supervisor
International Trade and Investment Dispute
Settlement International Construction Contracts
and Arbitration
Assessment
You will be regularly assessed by your tutorial
performance and assignments submitted to your
tutors. Interim assignments range from 1,000 to
1,500 words and are scheduled for submission
monthly. Final assessment for the taught
components will be either a mixture of a 3,000 word
essay (30 per cent) and an unseen examination (70
per cent) or 100 per cent via in-course essays or
unseen examination. Dissertations and exams are
assessed by internal and external examiners.
Further information
Michelle Dean, Distance Learning Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7822 8099
email: [email protected]
Wiktor Sawinda, MA by
Research, Poland
My doctoral thesis
(undertaken at the Polish
Academy of Sciences,
Institute of Legal Studies)
focused on judicial
independence in the
opinion of judges.
A wide-ranging survey
of almost 700 judges allowed me to identify
certain dysfunctions that can threaten judicial
independence. This research informed the choice
of my MA dissertation subject at Queen Mary.
At Queen Mary, I have been focusing specifically on
the relationships existing between the UKs judiciary
and executive powers. This has been particularly
interesting during what can be described as a period
of constitutional transition. It has also proved very
helpful in providing a comparison with the Polish
political and constitutional system. I am sure that
many British methods are applicable to the Polish
system.
Queen Mary was the only university in London that
offered me a MA programme in Law by Research.
The School has access to great research resources
(close to my accommodation) and excellent,
engaging and caring staff, who are all very
helpful to someone doing research by themselves.
I appreciate the very friendly atmosphere, staff
seminars and other meetings that have helped
me to stay in regular unofficial contact.
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
MA by Research in Law
One year full-time, two-years part-time
Programme description
Queen Mary is the only university in London to offer a
MA by Research in Law. This Masters offers students
a structured one-year research programme within
which they can explore individually supervised
research on topics of their own choice, whilst
following taught classes in Research Methods
covering theory and methodology.
The Programme is ideal either for students wishing to
proceed to doctoral study, or to simply for students
wishing to enhance their career prospects by
developing expertise in a specific area of law and
improving their research and writing skills. The ability
to undertake a major piece of research is a
transferable skill which is relevant to many different
kinds of employment.
Theoretical and inter-disciplinary, as well as more
practical and traditional approaches, are all
accommodated in this programme.
For applicants interested in non-commercial law, the
School of Law has well-known strengths in areas such
as legal theory, legal history, international law, human
rights, migration law, property law, European law,
company law, environmental law, family law, medical
law, criminal law and criminology, comparative law,
constitutional law, competition law and any number
of areas of traditional public and private law.
For students interested in commercial areas of law,
including arbitration, banking and finance, corporate
and commercial, computer and communications, law
and development, international business, intellectual
property, economic regulation and tax, can draw on
the expertise of CCLS.
MA Research students are regarded staff seminars
which are scheduled throughout the year.
Programme outline
All students enrolled in this programme will
undertake supervised research with a view to
submitting a 20,000 word dissertation by the end
of the year.
Students will also attend a Research Methods
module, which will expose them to a broad range
of theoretical and practical approaches to legal
research. This module will be taught through one
two-hour seminar each week.
In the first semester, the programme covers
theoretical topics:
Ethics and Law Law and Economics, Systems
theory Liberal theory, and Critical Theory
139
140
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
Research degrees
MPhil and PhD Programme
The School of Law research programme is one of the
largest in the UK with 170 students from some 50
countries. You would be registered initially for the
MPhil degree and can study full- or part-time
(subject to residence status). A decision to transfer
to PhD status is taken eighteen months after
registration. Research training is offered through a
series of research student seminars at which you
would be required to present your work, and through
a formal training module.
Virtually all fields of law are represented in the
School of Law and all supervisors are qualified
members of staff with major research projects and
publications of their own.
A detailed description of the research specialisations
of academic staff can be found on pages 144 - 151
or at the following website:
www.law.qmul.ac.uk/people/academic/expert.html
The minimum period of full-time research for an
MPhil degree is two years. The PhD degree requires
a minimum of three years research. Both are
followed by a period of up to one year writing up
before submission of a completed thesis. The School
attaches great importance to completion of the thesis
within a reasonable time, and full-time students will
normally be expected to present theses within four
years of original registration. Part-time study is
permitted, and one extra year of research is allowed
on this basis.
Research is conducted and theses prepared under
the supervision of two members of academic staff
with whom you will be expected to have regular,
scheduled discussions about your progress. The
thesis is examined orally by two examiners appointed
by the University. A successful MPhil thesis must be
either a record of original work or an ordered and
critical exposition of existing knowledge. A PhD
thesis must form a distinct contribution to the
knowledge of the subject and afford evidence of
originality, shown either by the discovery of new facts
or by the exercise of independent critical power.
Entry requirements
The normal entrance requirement, which may be
relaxed in appropriate cases, is a Masters degree
in Law at Merit level or equivalent. Considerable
research experience can also be taken into account.
English Language Qualifications
Non-native English speakers will be required to have
achieved minimum IELTS 7.0 with 7 in writing or
equivalent.
Further details:
www.qmul.ac.uk/international/languagerequirements/
index.html#PostgraduateResearchLaw
Full details of entrance procedure and requirements
can be found at: www.law.qmul.ac.uk/
postgraduate/mphilphd/
Financial support
Students may receive financial support (research
studentships) offered by the research councils.
There are also a number of School of Law
studentships available. Details on page 124. All
enquiries regarding Scholarships or Studentships
should be directed to Jonathan Claydon (see contact
details below).
Further information
For general information on research degrees,
please contact: Jonathan Claydon
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8095
email: [email protected] or
[email protected]
or
Gareth Skehan
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8094
email: [email protected]
For detailed research inquiries, please contact:
Dr Uma Suthersanen
Co-Director of Graduate Studies (commercial law)
email: [email protected]
or
Jonathan Griffiths
Co-Director of Graduate Studies (non-commercial law)
email: [email protected]
Fan Yang, PhD in
The application and
interpretation of the UN
sales convention (CISG)
in China, China
As a PhD student at CCLS,
Queen Mary, I have been
exposed to one of the
richest and most extensive
programmes for research degrees in law in the
country. In addition to a flourishing and vigorous
research environment with a truly international
reputation for excellence, the CCLS and the School
of Law also have a reputation for taking great care
of its students, showing them a friendly face and
being concerned with their individual needs.
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Research areas
Arbitration and Mediation
The School of International Arbitration, led by
Professor Mistelis and Visiting Professor Lew QC,
offers world leading research including online
arbitration, regional systems of international
arbitration, business mediation and ADR in oil
and energy disputes, focusing on the study of the
particular problems arising in arbitration and
contributions to the development of arbitration
theory. With regards to teaching and training, the
School takes a comparative and practice-orientated
approach to the teaching of arbitration, so that
students obtain a deep understanding of the special
characteristics and needs of international arbitration.
The School has close links with major arbitration
institutions and international organisations and
members of its academic staff and visiting scholars
are active members of the ICC Court, LCIA and AAA.
The School also frequently co-hosts and organises
arbitration seminars, symposiums and events with
leading law firms in London and around the world,
where many of its visiting scholars work as partners.
Banking and Finance
The European Banking and Finance group
comprises banking and finance law and European
law. Staff have ongoing professional relationships
with IMF, FSA, Bank of England, World Bank, ECB
and other overseas institutions and universities.
Research areas include: international banking and
finance, corporate finance and corporate
governance, cross-border bank insolvency and
resolution of financial crises, central banking,
financial regulation with emphasis on EU, UK and
US law, international and European monetary law,
financial law reform in emerging economies,
securities regulation and EU law generally. Professor
Lastra has been appointed Specialist Adviser to the
European Union Committee of the House of Lords
regarding its Inquiry into EU Financial Regulation
and responses at the EU level to the financial crisis.
Professor Tridimas has advised the ECB and the
European Parliament concerning EU financial law
and has advised on state aid and bank rescue
packages. Dr Kern Alexander was invited to discuss
the implementation of the Basel Capital Accord at an
EU Parliament workshop. Professor Walker is a legal
consultant with the International Monetary Fund. Dr
Gari has advised the European Parliament in relation
to the Equitable Life Affair.
141
142
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
143
Public Law
A number of Queen Mary academic staff are
involved in debate and consultation in matters of
Public Law. For example, in September 2008 a
delegation of senior judges from the Republic of
China (Taiwan) visited the School of Law to hold
discussions with Professor Andrew Le Sueur and
Mario Mendez on constitutional reforms in the UK.
And Professors Andrew Le Sueur and Kate Malleson
held a series of invitation-only seminars on the new
UK Supreme Court which were attended by senior
lawyers, policy-makers and judges including the new
President of the Supreme Court, Lord Phillips, the
Master of the Rolls and a number of Law Lords. The
overarching aim of the seminar series was to
stimulate debate about the operation of the new
Supreme Court.
Tax Law
Annual conferences on the latest UK, EU and
International Tax law issues; international and
European tax law projects involving the OECD and
the Commission; comparative tax law projects with
European Finance Departments; workshops and
seminars on EU and International Tax Law in Europe,
the USA, South America and Thailand.
144
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Arbitration
Crina Baltag LLM(Stockholm) MIB(Bucharest)
LLB(Bucharest)
PwC Research Fellow in International Arbitration
Investment arbitration and international commercial
arbitration, international trade (particularly,
internationalisation of business)
Stavros Brekoulakis LLB(Athens) LLM(London)
PhD(London)
Lecturer in International Dispute Resolution
Conflict of laws, multiparty and complex dispute
resolution, jurisdiction of tribunals and national
courts, enforcement of awards and national
judgments
Visiting Professor Julian D M Lew QC LLB Hons(Lond)
Doctorat spcial en droit international priv (magna
cum lauda) (Universit Catholique de Louvain,
Belgium) MCI Arb
Barrister, England, Attorney-at-law (New York),
Head of School of International Arbitration and
Visiting Professor
International Commercial and Investment Arbitration.
Professor Loukas Mistelis LLB(Athens) MLE(magna
cum laude) Dr Iuris(summa cum laude)(Hanover)
MCIArb Advocate(Athens Bar)
Clive M Schmitthoff Professor of Transnational
Commercial Law and Arbitration
International arbitration, international commercial
transactions, secured transactions, comparative law,
unification ADR, foreign investment law, international
trade law
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Competition Law
Maher Dabbah LLB(Wales) LLM PhD(London)
Barrister(Middle Temple)
Reader in Competition Law
Antitrust and national, regional and global
competition law and policy
Anne Flanagan BA(New York) JD(New York)
LLM(London)
Senior Lecturer in Communications Law
Communications law, copyright, privacy and data
protection, competition law, freedom of information
law and e-government
145
Computer and
Communications Law
Laura Edgar LLB(Aberd)
Lecturer (CCLS)
Electronic commerce, particularly digital payments
systems, taxation, jurisdiction, intellectual property
and legal issues affecting virtual enterprises.
Anne Flanagan BA(New York) JD(New York)
LLM(London)
Senior Lecturer in Communications Law
Communications law, copyright, privacy and data
protection, competition law, freedom of information
law and e-government
Julia Hrnle LLB(Leeds) PhD(London) Solicitor
Lecturer in Internet Law
Internet Regulation and Governance, Jurisdiction
and Conflicts of Law, Online Dispute Resolution,
Regulation of Online Gambling, Privacy and Data
Protection
Professor Spyros Maniatis Law Degree(Athens)
LLM(London) PhD(Lond)
Professor of Intellectual Property Law, Director of
CCLS
Trade mark and unfair competition law, history of
IPRs and innovation, innovation theories
Professor Christopher Millard LLB(Sheffield) MA
Criminology(Toronto) LLM(Toronto) Solicitor
Professor of Privacy and Information Law
Data protection law, international privacy regulation,
information governance and the impact of the
Internet on privacy
Professor Chris Reed BA(Keele) LLM(London)
Professor of Electronic Commerce Law
Cross-border regulation of online activities, electronic
signatures, online banking and financial services,
and all aspects of electronic commerce
Gavin Sutter LLB, LLM(Queens, Belfast)
Lecturer in Media Law
Content regulations issues both online and in the
physical world, issues of defamation, obscenity,
indecency, including a commercial media
perspective
Professor Ian Walden BA(Nott) MA(Virginia) PhD(Nott
Trent)
Professor of Information and Communications Law
Cybercrime, telecommunications law, media law and
information law
146
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.law.qmul.ac.uk/people
Corporate Law
Kateena O'Gorman BA(University of Queensland)
LLB(University of Queensland) BCL(Oxon)
Lecturer in Corporate Law
Company law, jurisprudence and the application of
constitutional rights/human rights to corporations
Shalini Perera LLB (Colombo) LLM (Columbia)
DPhil(Oxon) Solicitor
Lecturer in Corporate Law
Corporate law, corporate finance and international
investment law
Criminal Justice
Professor Peter Alldridge LLB(London) LLM(Wales)
Drapers Professor of Law, Head of Department of
Law
Money laundering, criminal justice, evidence,
commercial criminal law, financial aspects of crime,
disability and law, information technology and law,
legal education and legal theory
Leonidas Cheliotis, MPhil PhD(Cantab)
Lecturer in Criminology and Deputy Director, Centre
for Criminal Justice
Sociology, psychoanalysis, philosophy of crime and
punishment, the political economy of crime and
crime control, crime, criminal justice and the mass
media
Professor Sen McConville BSc(Bath) PhD(Cantab)
LLD(Cantab) JP
Professor of Criminal Justice and Professorial
Research Fellow
Contemporary and comparative criminal and penal
policy, penal policy and administration (historical,
contemporary and comparative), litigation on prisonrelated issues
Valsamis Mitsilegas LLB(Thes/niki)
LLM(distinction)(Kent) PhD(Edinburgh)
Reader
EU law, EU Justice and Home Affairs (including
immigration, asylum and border controls, criminal
law, police and judicial co-operation in criminal
matters)
Economic Regulation
Kern Alexander AB(Cornell) MSc(Oxon) MPhil(Cantab)
PhD(Lond)
Head of the Law and Finance programme, Reader in
Law and Finance
UK and European banking and financial services law
and regulation;corporate governance of financial
institutions; economic/financial sanctions regulation
and policy
Maher Dabbah LLB(Wales) LLM PhD(London)
Barrister(Middle Temple)
Reader in Competition Law
Antitrust and national, regional and global
competition law and policy
Alan Dignam BA(Trinity College Dublin) PhD(DCU)
Reader in Corporate Law
Company law, corporate governance and the
application of Constitutional Rights/Human Rights to
corporations
Laura Edgar LLB(Aberd)
Lecturer (CCLS)
Electronic commerce, particularly digital payments
systems, taxation, jurisdiction, intellectual property
and legal issues affecting virtual enterprises.
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Environmental Law
Professor Malgosia Fitzmaurice LLM PhD(Warsaw)
Professor of Public International Law
International environmental law, law of treaties,
indigenous peoples and international water law
European Law
Professor Kenneth Armstrong LLB(Glas) LLM(Toronto)
Professor in European Union Law
European Union law and policy, evolving governance
structures of the EU, governance of the Single
European Market, the EUs Lisbon Strategy
147
148
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.law.qmul.ac.uk/people
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
149
Staff profile:
Professor Kate
Malleson
Professor of Law, CoDirector of LLM Programme
My research interest lies
in the field of constitutional
law generally and the
judiciary specifically. I
have a particular interest in judicial selection
processes and the challenge of increasing diversity
in the composition of the judiciary. I am currently
working on a three year AHRC funded project on
the selection processes of the international judiciary
to identify the processes that states use to nominate
and elect international judges. Much of my
research is engaged with current developments
such as the creation of the Supreme Court in the
UK or reforms to the international judicial selection
process which helps me to engage students with
topical issues and the most recent academic and
policy work in the field.
Queen Mary is an excellent place to carry out
postgraduate study. The high quality research being
carried out by staff in the School of Law across a
wide range of areas means that students are taught
by leaders in their field. The ongoing engagement
between academic staff and the legal profession,
the judiciary and policy-makers gives students an
opening into the legal world outside academia.
150
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.law.qmul.ac.uk/people
Medical Law
Professor Richard Ashcroft MA(Cantab) PhD(Cantab)
FHEA FIBiol
Professor of Bioethics
Ethical, legal and social aspects of medicine, public
health and biomedical research, incentives in health
promotion, relationship between human rights and
bioethics
Tracey Elliott LLB(Birmingham) LLM(UCL)
Barrister(Grays Inn)
Lecturer
Criminal law and medical law, narrative approaches
in medicine and law, the law relating to the treatment
of adults who lack capacity
Professor Rachael Mulheron BCom LLB(Hons) LLM
(Adv)(UQ) DPhil(Oxon)
Professor of Law
Solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queensland and
High Court of Australia Class actions jurisprudence,
tort law, medical law, medical negligence
Professor Johanna Gibson BA(Hons I) MA PGDipAppSci
JD(Queensland) PhD(Edinburgh) Solicitor and Barrister
to the Supreme Court of Victoria
Herchel Smith Professor of Intellectual Property Law
Intellectual property and policy, development and
cultural aspects, legal theory, traditional knowledge,
intellectual property aspects of medicine and health
Law
Queen Mary, University of London
Public Law
Professor Kenneth Armstrong LLB(Glas) LLM(Toronto)
Professor in European Union Law
European Union law and policy, evolving governance
structures of the EU, governance of the Single
European Market, EUs Lisbon Strategy
Professor Andrew Le Sueur LLB(Hons) Barrister
(Middle Temple)
Professor of Public Law
Top-level courts and the proposals to create a new
supreme court for the UK, judicial review, law and
government
Professor Kate Malleson BA(Hons) (London)
MPhil(Cantab) PhD(London)
Professor of Law
The judiciary, the legal system and the constitution
Mario Mendez BA(London) LLM(William & Mary)
BCL(Oxon) MRes(EUI) PhD cand(EUI)
CSET Lecturer in Public Law
Public law and EU law (currently focusing on the
external relations law of the EU)
Tax Law
Ann Mumford BA(Columbia) JD(Connecticut)
PhD(Wales)
Senior Lecturer in Tax
Socio-legal and critical approaches to tax law; study
of tax law by both cultural studies and comparative
legal perspectives
Tom O'Shea MA(TCD) LLM(Tax)(London) PhD(London)
Lecturer in Tax Law
EC and International Tax law, policy reform, and tax
research
Christiana HJI Panayi BA(Oxon) BCL PhD(London)
Lecturer in Tax Law
European Community tax law, international tax law
and corporate finance, US and Cypriot tax law, state
aid law, human rights and tax law
Further information, including details of visiting
professors and practitioners, can be found at:
www.law.qmul.ac.uk/people
151
Staff
profile:
Anjanette
Raymond
Lecturer in
International
Commercial Law,
Co-Director of
LLM Programme
I am currently working in two main areas:
international (or Transnational) secured
transactions and international commercial (sales)
law. I have recently published articles about
intellectual property being used as collateral in
secured transactions, and of course the current
financial crisis has lead to an increased demand
in the understanding of secured transactions. In
addition, I have been advising several legislative
bodies in the area of international sales law.
I have always been interested in international
commercial law. Commercial law surrounds us
everyday, and the inner working of law and the
real world is incredibly fascinating. Although I
came to the law a bit late in my career, business
was always part of my daily life. So working in the
commercial law world seemed a natural extension
of my interests and my skills.
My research keeps me up to date on current
issues and allows me to stay connected in the
legal community. Students greatly benefit from
timely information as well as realising benefit from
contacts within the community.
Queen Mary is an excellent place for students to
study for three main reasons: first, we have
exciting, engaging and challenging programmes,
second, a great faculty, and third, a great student
body. Moreover, the postgraduate department is
in Lincolns Inn Fields, the heart of the legal and
financial world.
Philosophy
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
153
Philosophy
www.philosophy.qmul.ac.uk
Queen Mary boasts world-class research and
teaching in philosophy, with pioneering work in such
topics as: logic, political philosophy, legal philosophy,
moral philosophy, aesthetics, literary criticism, theory
of history, philosophy of science, medical ethics,
philosophy of mathematics, philosophy of language,
intellectual history, Medieval and Renaissance
thought, early modernism, the Enlightenment,
German idealism, phenomenology, existentialism,
philosophy of the mind, sociology, psychoanalysis,
human rights, feminism, race theory, post-colonial
theory, post-structuralism, queer theory,
deconstructionism and post-modernism.
Research strengths
Philosophy at Queen Mary is pluralist,
interdisciplinary and refuses to divorce philosophy
from other disciplines. When appropriate, students
receive supervision from staff in more than one
department. The Philosophy programme is fast
becoming one of the key forums for co-operation
and exchange of ideas among staff from a variety
of departments. That synthesis is crucial in
encouraging students to interact with staff and
fellow students within a broad range of disciplines.
Although there are currently no taught programmes,
individual PhD supervision, sometimes across
participating departments, can be arranged.
Postgraduate resources
There are extensive specialist postgraduate
resources located throughout the College. Please
see each Departments pages for more information
on these. Graduate students in the Humanities and
Social Sciences have access to the award-winning
Lock-keepers Cottage Graduate Centre. It features
a seminar room, two workrooms with computing
facilities, and a common room.
The College has a well-stocked library, with
dedicated subject librarians, and subscriptions to
the leading journals and discussion paper series.
Students also have wider access to other libraries
within London, including the University of London
Library (Senate House). They may also take
advantage of the College Language Learning Unit
(offering beginner, intermediate and advanced level
courses in a wide range of languages) and of an
unrivalled array of specialist language centres
provided by the University of London.
Queen Mary is conveniently located for access to
some of the worlds greatest archival collections:
The British Library, the National Archives, Senate
House Library, Warburg Institute, Institute of
Historical Research, Victoria and Albert Museum,
Royal Society, Wellcome Institute and many other
smaller specialist collections.
Studentships / scholarships
Although no funding is currently available from the
programme PhD applicants considering a degree in
conjunction with some other department may want
to investigate funding opportunities in that
department. In addition, postgraduate applicants
are encouraged to investigate funding opportunities
through the Arts and Humanities Research Board,
the British Academy, the European Union, or other
organisations committed to funding advanced study.
Career opportunities
Currently, Queen Mary philosophy postgraduate
degrees are inter-disciplinary, and are awarded
in conjunction with participating departments.
For career opportunities, please see the description
of the department in which you would be enrolled.
Further information
For all enquiries
Department of Corporate Affairs
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5314
email: [email protected]
www.philosophy.qmul.ac.uk
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
154
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
Research degrees
Research areas
MPhil/PhD
The PhD is ordinarily completed in four years. As it
consists entirely of individually supervised research,
there are no taught modules. In addition to degrees
in Philosophy, the programme also encourages
students to consider an interdisciplinary doctorate in
collaboration with participating College Departments.
As examples, a candidate may wish to receive a PhD
in:
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
155
156
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
157
158
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.philosophy.qmul.ac.uk/staff
Philosophy
Queen Mary, University of London
159
Politics
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
161
Department of Politics
www.politics.qmul.ac.uk
The Department of Politics at Queen Mary is
committed to excellence in teaching and research in
both Political Studies and International Relations. We
have scored highly in both teaching and research
assessments, and are proud of our commitment to
our postgraduates. We have particular strengths in
the following areas:
International Politics
Political Theory
Government
Public Policy
Parties, Elections and Communication
Nationalism and Ethnicity
Research strengths
The Department is located in the Arts Faculty and
maintains close relations with other arts-based
disciplines, such as History and English, as well as
with the Social Sciences. This is reflected in a broadbased approach to the study of politics, which
combines theoretical and empirical considerations
of the subject. It is also evident in a broad
understanding of what politics entails, ranging from
questions of the state, government and constitutional
matters, to those concerning power relations in
everyday life and international relations. Our location
in London and proximity to the City afford many
opportunities for active involvement in academic
and practical aspects of politics, while the resources
available in the University of London offer an
excellent background for research and specialist
study.
The Department has a strong commitment to
research and we aim to integrate our research
interests with our teaching, so that students
become familiar with developments at the frontiers
of knowledge and share in the excitement of
scholarship at the cutting edge. Our graduates leave
well-prepared for employment with oral and literary
skills in self-presentation; familiarity with information
technology, intellectual flexibility and a well-informed
outlook on society.
We are a broad-based department of scholars, who
are all active in research and scholarly publication.
Our principal research groups include political
theory, ideas and thought, public policy, international
relations, nationalism and ethnicity, conflict
management and regime transition, globalisation,
international security, international political economy,
British politics, European politics, the politics of the
Middle East, political communication and media
policy, environmental politics, nationalism and
nation-building, and migration.
162
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of Politics
www.politics.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate resources
The Lock-keepers Cottage Graduate Centre
The Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate
Centre provides a new home for the Graduate School
in the former Lock-keepers Cottage by the Regents
Canal at Queen Marys Mile End Campus. The
Centre is open to all postgraduates in the Humanities
and Social Sciences and complements the facilities
currently available in the Arts Research Centre.
Learning Resource Centre
The Learning Resource Centre has 200 networked
PCs and is open to students round the clock. Here
our postgraduate students can make use of
computing facilities at workstations allocated
exclusively for their use. Postgraduate students also
have access to the comprehensive libraries of the
University of London as well as the library on the
Queen Mary campus. In addition, the British Library
in central London can be accessed as a research
resource.
Centre for the Study of Political Thought
This Centre brings together academics from across
the humanities who have a research interest in the
history of political thought. In addition to the Politics
Department, these colleagues are drawn from the
History, English, French and Law Departments and
the Queen Mary Graduate School. The fields of
research covered stretch from the Renaissance to
the present day, with a heavy emphasis on British,
French, Italian, German and American political
thought. The Centre organises visiting lectures and
one day conferences, and actively encourages the
participation of graduate students (who are
represented on its standing committee). Members of
the Centre presently organise the History of Political
Thought Research Seminar at the University of
Londons Institute for Historical Research.
Centre for Global Security and Development (subject
to approval)
The Centre provides critical and politically engaged
and policy relevant work, focused in particular on
the discursive and political-economic aspects of:
Financial securitisation and possibilities for
development The security state The privatisation
of security services Governance and legal aspects
of security Food and health security Livelihood
security and how it relates to challenges to human
security, economic and social development Biosecurity The political-economy of security and
development Social movements and security US
hegemony and how this relates to security and
development Security and post-colonial states
Globalisation, security and development
International capital and/or labour flows War and
conflict The market as a source of insecurity.
Scholarships / studentships
Queen Mary Research Studentships
The Department offers Research Studentships to
well-qualified MPhil or PhD applicants. If you wish to
be considered for a scholarship, we recommend that
you apply for a Research programme before March
for entry to the next academic year starting at the
end of September. The deadline (normally MarchApril) will be announced in January each year and
details are advertised on www.jobs.ac.uk and
www.politics.qmul.ac.uk
All applications for full-time study, received by the
deadline, will automatically be considered for a
bursary or studentship, although late applications
may still be considered for admission. There is no
separate application form.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Department of Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
General Postgraduate Information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Humanities and Social Sciences Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel. no. +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
163
Department of Politics
Career opportunities
The Masters programmes are an excellent
preparation for anyone wishing to undertake further
research as a gateway to an academic career. It is
also a very suitable qualification for any career in
which research skills are required. Former students
of our programmes have gone on to positions of
responsibility in government or the voluntary sector.
164
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
Programme description
The MA in Global and Comparative Politics will
provide you with an intellectually stimulating analysis
of the key issues in international and global politics,
such as the changing dynamics of state power, the
dimensions of regime change, and the challenge
posed to states by ethno-nationalism and
cosmopolitanism. The programme will provide you
with advanced skills in comparative analysis, as well
as a developed understanding of methodological
approaches to the study of Political Science.
Programme description
The MRes in Global and Comparative Politics will
provide you with comprehensive training in the core
research methods of social science. It provides an
intellectually stimulating analysis of the key issues in
international and global politics, such as the
changing dynamics of state power, the dimensions of
regime change, and the challenge posed to states by
ethno-nationalism, migration and cosmopolitanism.
The programme will provide students with advanced
skills in comparative analysis, as well as a developed
understanding of methodological approaches to the
study of Political Science.
Programme outline
You will take the core module Global and
Comparative Politics and three further modules
from the options listed below.
Core modules: Global and Comparative Politics
(30 credits) Dissertation (60 credits)
Module options include: Issues in Democratisation
Nationalism, Democracy and Cosmopolitanism
Globalisation and the International Political Economy
of Development International Security: War and
Peace in a Global Context Globalisation and
International Relations Ideas and Power in Spanish
America 1512-Now Policy Analysis for the
Developing World
Assessment
The core module is assessed by written coursework
and unseen examination. Some module options are
assessed by written coursework only, while others
have an exam. On satisfactory completion of your
assessed work you will prepare an independent
dissertation of 15,000 words on a topic of your
choice. Each individual student will be assigned a
personal supervisor to give advice and assistance
for this part of the programme.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in Politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the programme organiser
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Adam Fagan
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8602
email: [email protected]
Programme outline
You will take the two core modules: Global and
Comparative Politics and Qualitative and Quantitative
Research Methods and one further module from the
options listed below.
Core modules: Global and Comparative Politics (30
credits) Qualitative and Quantitative Research
Methods (60 credits) Dissertation (60 credits)
Module options include: Issues in Democratisation
Nationalism, Democracy and Cosmopolitanism
Globalisation and the International Political Economy
of Development International Security: War and
Peace in a Global Context Ideas and Power in
Spanish America 1512-Now Policy Analysis for
the Developing World
Assessment
Core modules are assessed by written coursework
and unseen examination. Some module options are
assessed by written coursework only, while others
have an exam. On satisfactory completion of your
assessed work you will prepare an independent
dissertation of 15,000 words on a topic of your
choice. Each individual student will be assigned a
personal supervisor to give advice and assistance for
this part of the programme.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in Politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the programme organiser
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Adam Fagan
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8602
email: [email protected]
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
MA International Relations
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MA in International Relations is concerned with
analysing the key theoretical and empirical issues
and concepts in international relations. You will
discuss the historical significance of globalisation
and how it relates to a number of key issues in
international relations including state sovereignty
and international order, conflict and war, human
rights and the political economy of North-South
relations. You will also undertake a critical survey
of the main theories associated with the study of
international politics. It is primarily concerned with
the varying theoretical explanations for why things
happen in world politics. As well as addressing
analytical questions the programme will also address
the normative and political dimensions of theory.
There is an extensive list of module options designed
to allow students to develop their expertise and apply
theories and concepts within particular issue areas.
The programme provides students with a set of
analytical skills and knowledge that will allow them
to think, talk and write critically about contemporary
international issues, as well as a firm foundation for
further study.
Programme outline
The programme is built around a core module
Theories of International Relations which provides
a point of entry to the module options listed below. In
addition to the core modules, students choose three
other modules. You will also independently research
and write a dissertation of 15,000 words on a topic
of your choice. Each individual student is assigned a
personal supervisor to give advice and assistance
for this part of the programme.
Core modules
Theories of International Relations (30 credits)
Dissertation (60 credits)
Optional modules include
Globalisation and the International Political Economy
of Development International Security: War and
Peace in a Global Context International Public
Management Globalisation and International
Relations Issues in Democratisation Migrants,
Diasporas and Law 1 Typologies and Theories of
Migration 2 Ideas and Power in Spanish America
1512-Now Policy Analysis for the Developing World
165
Assessment
The core module is assessed by unseen written test
and coursework.
Some module options are assessed by written
coursework only, while others have an exam.You will
also prepare an independent dissertation of 15,000
words on a topic of your choice. Each individual
student will be assigned a personal supervisor to
give advice and assistance for this part of the
programme.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in Politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the graduate administrator
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Patricia Owens
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8431
email: [email protected]
166
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Core modules
Theories of International Relations (30 credits)
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods (60
credits) Dissertation (60 credits)
Module options include: Globalisation and the
International Political Economy of Development
International Security: War and Peace in a Global
Context International Public Management Issues
in Democratisation Migrants, Diasporas and Law 1
Typologies and Theories of Migration 2 Ideas and
Power in Spanish America 1512-Now Policy
Analysis for the Developing World
Assessment
Core modules are assessed by unseen written test
and written coursework. You will also prepare an
independent dissertation of 15,000 words on a topic
of your choice. Each individual student will be
assigned a personal supervisor to give advice and
assistance for this part of the programme.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in Politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the graduate administrator
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Patricia Owens
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8431
email: [email protected]
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
167
Assessment
Core and optional modules are assessed by a
combination of unseen written examination and
coursework. You will also prepare an independent
dissertation of 15,000 words on a topic of your
choice. Each individual student will be assigned a
personal supervisor to give advice and assistance for
this part of the programme.
Entry requirements
Applicants will normally be expected to have a good
honours degree, preferably in a relevant field of study.
But we do consider applications from non-graduates
with experience and ability if they are nominated by
their employers. We are happy to advise informally on
whether you are likely to be eligible for admission. If
you are employed in the UK, expect to complete your
programme over two years, attending one day a week
in term time. You should ensure that you allocate
sufficient time to cope with the out of class
requirements. Overseas officials and students without
employment responsibilities complete their programme
in one year, attending for two days in term time.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Professor Wayne Parsons
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8591
email: [email protected]
168
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Assessment
Core modules are assessed by a combination of
unseen written examination and coursework.
Optional modules are assessed by either written
coursework only or by examination. You will also
prepare an independent dissertation of 15,000 words
on a topic of your choice. Each individual student
will be assigned a personal supervisor to give advice
and assistance for this part of the programme.
Entry requirements
Applicants will normally be expected to have a good
honours degree, preferably in a relevant field of study.
But we do consider applications from non-graduates
with experience and ability if they are nominated by
their employers. We are happy to advise informally on
whether you are likely to be eligible for admission. If
you are employed in the UK, expect to complete your
programme over two years, attending one day a week
in term time. You should ensure that you allocate
sufficient time to cope with the out of class
requirements. Overseas officials and students without
employment responsibilities complete their programme
in one year, attending for two days in term time.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Professor Wayne Parsons
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8591
email: [email protected]
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
169
MSc in Migration
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme Description
The MSc in Migration applies various historical
and methodological approaches to the study of
the movement of people both to the contemporary
world and to historic case studies. It focuses on
the conceptual and critical frameworks of migration
theory with particular reference to the interplay
between the political, social and economic. It
examines the implications of policy on migrants and
migration and cultural change and stasis within the
context of migration.
Programme outline
This programme will enable you to identify the main
approaches to the study of migration, equip you with
knowledge of key themes and issues in the
movement of people over the past two centuries and
to encourage you to develop a critical approach to
theories of migration. You will take the core modules
- Typologies and Theories of Migration, and Research
methods for Migration. You will also take two further
modules from the options listed below. You will
prepare an independent dissertation of 15,000 words
on a migration topic of your choice. Each individual
student will be assigned a personal supervisor to give
advice and assistance for this part of the
programme.
Core modules
Typologies and Theories of Migration (30 credits)
Research Methods for Migration (30 credits)
Dissertation (60 credits)
Module options include:
Typologies and Theories of Migration 2 Housing,
Health and Education in a Metropolitan Environment
Globalisation and the International Political
Economy of Development International Security:
War and Peace in a Global Context International
Public Management Globalisation and International
Relations Issues in Democratisation Migrants,
Diasporas and Law 1 Ideas and Power in Spanish
America 1512-Now Comparative Immigration and
Nationality Law Policy Analysis for the Developing
World Implementation and Evaluation
Assessment
The core modules are assessed by coursework.
The optional modules are usually assessed only by
written coursework while others may have an exam.
You will also prepare an independent dissertation of
15,000 words on a topic of your choice. Each
individual student will be assigned a personal
supervisor to give advice and assistance for this
part of the programme.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in Politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the graduate administrator
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Anne Kershen
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5009
email: [email protected]
170
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
MRes in Migration
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MRes in Migration is primarily, but not solely,
intended for students wishing to gain research
training in preparation for a postgraduate research
degree MPhil/PhD in a migration related subject.
The research training element of the programme,
which runs over two semesters, meets ESRC
requirements and provides an exacting training.
In addition, the core module introduces you to the
broad range of theories and debates that are at the
heart of migration studies. From the list of module
options available you will be able to develop a
specific migration related interest which may be of
a theoretical, political, empirical or historical nature.
Programme outline
At the completion of the programme we expect you
to demonstrate an ability to collate, analyse and
report on migration data at PhD level and beyond,
or to apply your skills in a demanding vocational
environment. You will take the core modules
Typologies and Theories of Migration, and Qualitative
and Quantitative Research Methods. You will also
take one further module from the options listed
below. You will prepare an independent dissertation
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
171
Assessment
The core module is assessed by coursework.
The optional modules are usually assessed only by
written coursework, while others may have an exam.
You will also prepare an independent dissertation of
15,000 words on a topic of your choice. Each
individual student will be assigned a personal
supervisor to give advice and assistance for this
part of the programme.
Entry requirements
A minimum of an upper second class honours
degree in Politics or a related discipline. International
students should contact the graduate administrator
about the suitability of their qualifications.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8587
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Dr Anne Kershen
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5009
email: [email protected]
172
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
Research degrees
We welcome postgraduate students and visiting
research fellows to undertake research in our
areas of interest (see below). Research students
are registered for University of London degrees
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the supervision of
members of academic staff. A limited number of
College studentships are also available.
For further information on MPhil/PhD degrees,
see page 16.
Entry requirements
Prospective research students are welcome to
approach the Department during the academic year
and are advised to consult a potential supervisor before
submitting a research proposal. For entry at MPhil or
PhD level, we would normally expect you to have an
MA or equivalent in a subject area connected to the
field of study of your research proposal. You should
include a research proposal (2,000 words), including
hypothesis, methodology, key questions to be
addressed by your intended research and bibliography.
For international students, please refer to the
International students section on pages 386 - 391.
Research areas
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Nationalism
Several members of staff specialise in the study of
nations and nationalism, national identity national
and ethnic diversity and ethnic conflict regulation,
Areas of study include Western European politics
with a specific emphasis on Catalonia, Northern
Ireland and Spain as well as Cyprus and Sri Lanka.
Political Communication and Media Policy
This research field covers all political aspects of the
functioning of the media and the political
communications process in Britain and Western
Europe. More specifically, it includes questions
related to issues such as media ownership and
control, media regulation, media policy-making,
news management by political actors and the media
and elections. Recent research students in this area
have examined the policy-making cycle in
broadcasting during the Thatcher premiership and
the Labour governments policy on digital television.
Political Theory, Ideas and Thought
Research expertise in this area ranges over the
history of political ideas and ideologies, critical
theory, contemporary continental philosophy and
political thought, democratic theory, classical
liberal theory and gender theory. Members of the
Department are currently working on projects
including an examination of the political philosophy
of Spinoza, a broad-ranging study of the history of
French political thought and an assessment of the
thought and practice of the British New Left.
Applications in any subfield of political theory and
thought are welcome.
173
Politics of Democratisation
The Department has a strong research presence in
the politics of democratic transition across a number
of distinct regions, including Latin America, southern
and east central Europe, and the Middle East.
Applications are welcome in any of the following
broad areas: transition processes from a comparative
or single country study perspective; institutionbuilding, democratisation from above (including rule
of law and judicial reform) and from below (including
the role of the civil society, sectional and ethnic
interests); theories of democratic transition,
globalisation and democratisation. Additionally,
applications may be made on any aspect of the
politics of Latin America, Eastern and Western
Europe and the Middle East.
Politics of the Middle East
Applications are welcome with regard to any aspect
of the politics of the Middle East. The Department
has a strong research presence in the comparative
politics of Iraq, globalisation and the Middle East,
democratisation in the region and the international
relations of the Middle East.
Public Policy and Political Economy
Public policy is a broad field, and applications will
be considered in respect of any aspect of the policy
process in modern societies, at national or subnational levels. Research in public policy seeks to
understand what government does. It may proceed
by way of theoretical and conceptual analysis, or by
historical and empirical analysis. It is, then, a broad
and eclectic field and this characteristic is reflected
in the diverse research interests of staff. Their
research ranges over the sub-fields of public
management, environmental policy and urban
planning with a particular emphasis on the public
sector, political economy and policy.
UK Politics
The Department has a strong commitment to
research in UK politics, incorporating a wide range
of methods and approaches. The Department has
several members of staff working on issues related
to UK politics such as political parties and elections,
local government, public service delivery, political
marketing and communications, relationship
marketing and policy transfer into the study of
political communications.
174
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
Politics
Queen Mary, University of London
175
Medicine and
Dentistry
Medicine
and Dentistry
Institute of Cancer
MSc in Cancer Therapeutics
MSc in Molecular Pathology and Genomics
MSc in Surgical Skills and Sciences
Blizard Institute of Cell and Molecular Science
Postgraduate Diploma in Aesthetic Surgery
Postgraduate Diploma in Burn Care
Postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Dermatology
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Microbiology
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in Gastroenterology
MSc in Genomic Biotechnology
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate
in Translational Neuroscience
Institute of Dentistry
MClinDent in Prosthodontics
Postgraduate Diploma in Dental Clinical Sciences
MClinDent in Dental Implantology
MSc in Dental Public Health
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in Dental Technology
Graduate Certificate in Dental Technology
MSc in Experimental Oral Pathology (Oral Sciences)
MSc in Implant Dentistry
MSc in Oral Biology
MClinDent in Oral Surgery
MSc in Orthodontics
MClinDent in Paediatric Dentistry
MClinDent in Periodontology
Institute of Health Sciences Education
Certificate in Medical
Terminology and Health Care Administration
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in Primary Care
Certificate in Primary Health Care Management
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in Sport
and Exercise Medicine
William Harvey Research Institute
MSc/ PGDip/PGCert in Analytical Toxicology
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in
Clinical Drug Development
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in
Healthcare Research Methods
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate
Certificate in Forensic Medical Sciences
MRes Inflammation: Cellular and Vascular Aspects
Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate
Certificate in Mental Health: Psychological Therapies
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate
Certificate in Mental Health: Transcultural Mental
Healthcare
179
Institute of Cancer
Blizard Institute of Cell and Molecular Science
Institute of Dentistry
Institute of Health Sciences Education
William Harvey Research Institute
Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine
180
Institute of Cancer
www.cancer.qmul.ac.uk
Research strengths
The Institute provides a supportive and
multidisciplinary environment for research
students, promoting academic exchange
and personal development at all levels.
The Institute currently consists of six research
centres, driven by a strong translational theme,
with emphasis on specialised research areas which
focus on specific cancers. At the forefront of a
number of scientific and medical discoveries, the
Institute is one of the largest of its kind in the UK.
181
Postgraduate resources
Scholarships / studentships
George Hawche,
MSc in Molecular Pathology and Genomics
I completed my BSc in Biology at Queen Mary and
felt that it would be an excellent place to further
my studies.
Im sure that an MSc in Molecular Pathology and
Genomics from a world-renowned institution for
Cancer Research will be of great benefit to my
future career. I aim to contribute to providing the
182
Institute of Cancer
Career opportunities
Key relationships have been established with the
Cancer Research UK London Research Institute at
Lincoln's Inn Fields to foster translational research.
Integration with the new Comprehensive Clinical
Research Network covering a population of 2.7
million individuals in North East and North Central
London, directed by the Director of the Institute of
Cancer (Professor Lemoine) will build on the existing
relationships with the North East London Cancer
Research Network involving the other acute hospitals
in North East London and the North East London
Consortium for Research and Development.
Through the introduction and development of new
anti-cancer therapeutics, the Institute has links with
many of the major pharmaceutical and biotechnology
companies.
Some postgraduate student destinations include:
Graduate entry into medicine, PhD studentships
(including within the Institute) in continuing
education.
Research positions in major research centres
around the world in academia
Clinical trials, clinical scientists in the NHS,
research assistants in industry.
183
Institute of Cancer
Degree programmes
MSc in Cancer Therapeutics
One year full-time, two years part-time,
distance learning
Programme description
This programme aims to provide you with a clear
understanding of the scientific basis underlying the
principles and practice of cancer therapeutics and
the development, evaluation and implementation of
new treatments. This is underpinned by a thorough
knowledge of cancer biology and pathology, research
methodologies, drug development and regulatory
issues. There is an emphasis on practical skills
during the research skills module and the three
month laboratory project undertaken during
semester three.
On completion of the programme you will:
Have a thorough knowledge of the principles
underlying cancer treatment
Be able to demonstrate skills in gathering,
recording, analysing and presenting information
Understand the regulatory framework underlying
clinical research
Understand the principles of laboratory
methodologies applied to clinical trials
Understand the steps involved in developing
and implementing new treatments
184
Institute of Cancer
Degree programmes
(cont)
Programme outline
Core modules: Basic Molecular Biology Basic
Pathology Cancer Prevention and Screening
Genomic Approaches to Human Diseases
Molecular Diagnostics and Therapeutics Molecular
Pathology of Solid Tumours Research Skills and
Sciences Lab project. Module options: Biological
Therapies Bioinformatics and Genomics
Molecular Genetics of Haematologic Malignancies
Assessment
Assessment will be based on written assignments,
presentations, continuous assessments, written or
MCQ examinations, and a full dissertation write-up.
Entry requirements
The programme will be open to clinicians, graduate
scientists, nurses, and other medical professionals
working in a clinical, industrial or academic research
environment. Entry to the programme will require a
good degree, or degree equivalent, qualification from
a recognised academic institution or an appropriate
professional qualification or experience.
Further information
General enquiries
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 2081
email: [email protected]
185
Programme outline
The programme comprises of the following surgical
skills areas and a research/literature project:
Core modules: Laparoscopy skills Endoscopy
Skills Open Surgery Techniques MSc Project
Structure
Skills sessions Lectures PBL self-directed
learning Journal Club
Assessment
Assessments consist of: continuous assessment,
written examination, dissertation, Viva Voce
evaluation of dissertation, objective assessment
on Virtual Reality Simulator
Entry requirements
This programme is aimed at surgeons in training,
trainee and specialist registrars, non-carrier grade
Surgeons, associate specialists. A medical degree
from a recognised institution is required and some
postgraduate experience in surgery is desirable.
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Further information
General enquiries
Tel: +44(0)20 7882 2081
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries please contact:
Bijen Patel, Programme Director:
email: [email protected]
186
Institute of Cancer
Research degrees
Research degrees
Research areas
187
Research groups
Cell Signalling Group
Professor Bart Vanhaesebroeck
Main interests of the group include signal
transduction in cell migration, proliferation, survival,
intracellular vesicular transport, in the context of
cancer, inflammation and immunology, angiogenesis,
metabolism and stem cell biology.
Collaborative efforts with industry are under way in
the preclinical development of isoform-selective
small molecule inhibitors for PI3K. We aim to help to
translate this preclinical work to early phase clinical
trials through our links with the Centres for Medical
Oncology and Experimental Cancer Medicine.
Analytical Cell Signalling Group
Dr Pedro Cutillas
The aim is to understand the basic principles that
govern cell signalling pathways, their molecular
mechanisms and the contribution that different
members of these pathways have to their signalling
network. We are particularly interested in learning
the properties by which these pathways control
fundamental physiology and how they are
deregulated in disease.
Experimentally, our group integrates state-of-the-art
mass spectrometry, advanced separation technology,
cell biology and biochemistry to the study of cell
signalling pathways in health and disease. The
ultimate goal of this work is to contribute to the
understanding of the fundamentals of cell signalling
and to translate this knowledge to the design of
personalised therapies to treat conditions with
deregulated cell signalling pathways.
Centre for Experimental Cancer Medicine
The centre provides management support
for all trials and investigators including national,
pharmaceutical and investigator led studies and
centralises all staff involved in clinical trials to ensure
compliance with the European Directive on Good
Clinical Practice.
188
Institute of Cancer
Research degrees (cont)
Centre for Molecular Oncology and Imaging
This Centre is focused on the development of
innovative therapeutic and diagnostic approaches to
cancer. It is an internationally recognised centre of
expertise in gene therapy for cancer, with an active
programme of clinical trials.
Linked to the clinic through a clinical fellowship
programme and honorary consultants, the research
is carried out within five laboratory groups.
Research groups
Molecular Pathology Group
Professor Nick Lemoine, Dr Tatjana CrnogoracJurcevic, Dr Claude Chelala, Dr Rebecca Roylance
Aims to identify molecular biomarkers of disease
progression and treatment response.
Gene Therapy Group
Professor Nick Lemoine, Professor Iain McNeish,
Dr Gunnel Hallden, Dr Yaohe Wang, Dr Daniel
OBerg
Aims to develop gene-targeted intervention strategies
to treat cancer using oncolytic viruses and genetic
triggers of apoptosis.
Genito-Urinary Cancer Group
Dr Yong-Jie Lu, Dr David Prowse and Dr Dan Berney
The Genito-Urinary Cancer Group focuses on
research into the therapy of testis, bladder, renal,
penile and prostate cancer.
Molecular Imaging Group
Professor Steve Mather, professor Rodney Rezneck,
Dr Norbert Avril
This Group is focused on the development of
molecular targets for radionuclide-mediated
diagnosis and therapy of cancer. It includes both
laboratory teams and clinical consultants, working in
the Departments of Nuclear Medicine and Radiology
at Barts and The London NHS Trust.
Centre for Tumour Biology
This Centre is concerned primarily with
understanding the role that cytoadhesion plays
in modulating cancer spread and has focused
particularly on the involvement of members of the
integrin family of adhesion receptors technology.
Research groups
Cellular Adhesion in Invasion and Metastasis
Professor Ian Hart, Dr John Marshall
Aims to understand how cell adhesion affects
tumour spread and to develop strategies for
blocking cancer metastasis.
Angiogenesis Group
Dr Kairbaan Hodivala-Dilke
Aims to understand the roles of cell adhesion in
disease, particularly with respect to angiogenesis
and tumour cell-endothelial cell interactions.
Epithelial-Stromal Group
Professor Louise Jones
Aims to understand the pathobiology of breast
cancer with a particular focus on cell adhesion
and myoepithelial cells.
Gene Transcription Group
Professor Helen Hurst
Aims to understanding the molecular mechanisms
that control expression of key breast tumour genes,
in order to identify novel targets for cancer therapy.
Growth Factor Signalling Group
FGF receptors Dr Richard Grose
Aims to understand and delineate the functions
of FGFs and their receptors in tumourgenesis and
wound repair.
Spatial signalling Dr Stephanie Kermorgant
Aims to understand how endosomal signalling of
the c-Met receptor affects tumour cell metastasis.
189
Institute of Cancer
Staff research interests
Cancer and Inflammation
Professor Fran Balkwill PhD FMedSci
Centre Lead
Links between cancer and inflammation, role
of inflammatory cytokines and chemokines and
translating this information into novel clinical trials
Thornsten Hagemann MD PhD
Clinical Senior Lecturer
Interaction of the leukocyte infiltrate with the tumour
microenvironment, with particular reference to the
role TNF-alpha in innate immunity and the prospect
of turning macrophages and NK cells back into
tumour killers
Toby Lawrence BSc(Hons) PhD
Senior Lecturer
Cell biology of inflammation, endogenous antiinflammatory mechanisms; tissue specific role
for IKK in inflammation and immunity
Molecular Oncology
and Imaging
Norbert Avril MB BS MD
Reader, Nuclear Medicine
Molecular imaging with positron emission
tomography for non-invasive monitoring of
chemotherapy; gene therapy to define (early)
markers of treatment response
190
Institute of Cancer
Staff research interests
(cont)
Tumour Biology
Medical Oncology
Silvia Montoto MB BS MD
Clinical Senior Lecturer
Follicular lymphoma (FL): natural history, prognostic
factors, impact of diagnosis, risk factors and
prognosis of histological transformation in FL patients
191
Institute of Cancer
Further information
Institute of Cancer
Postgraduate enquiries
email: [email protected]
Postgraduate Teaching Lead
Dr Simon Joel
Tel: +44 (0)20 7601 8924
email: [email protected]
Staff profile:
Professor Bart Vanhaesebroeck
Centre Lead, Cell Signalling
192
193
Postgraduate resources
All Centres belonging to the Institute are located
in the Blizard Building, a 44 million purpose-built
development in Whitechapel. This unique, award
winning, research building provides state-of-the-art
laboratory accommodation based on an innovative
open plan design for 400 staff and postgraduate
students. The laboratory facilities are co-located on
a single laboratory floor of approximately 3,500 m2,
the design of which aims to encourage maximal
interaction between different research groups and
cost efficient usage of core equipment and facilities.
The BICMS has also benefited from 4 million
investment from Queen Mary for equipment which
has enabled the establishment of core facilities in
Genomics (jointly with the Genome Centre at
Charterhouse Square) Flow Cytometry, Imaging,
Transgenics and a global siRNA screening facility
all of which are equipped to a high standard with
the latest technology.
Scholarships / studentships
Internal PhD studentships funded by the School are
awarded on a competitive bidding basis. The annual
MRC doctoral training award for PhD studentships is
matched by an equivalent sum from the College and
these are awarded internally to holders of MRC
research grants and fellowships.
194
195
Postgraduate Diploma
in Burn Care
Programme description
The Postgraduate Diploma in Aesthetic Surgery is
organised by the Centre for Cutaneous Research.
Programme description
The Postgraduate Diploma in Burn Care is
organised by the Centre for Cutaneous Research.
Programme outline
This programme is designed specifically to provide a
core curriculum for established surgeons or surgical
trainees, who wish to practice in the field of aesthetic
surgery following completion of specialist training.
The programme starts in October and runs for two
academic years.
Programme outline
The programme is delivered online as eight, tenweek modules over two years. This material is
supplemented with DVD material and limited
clinical days (two per annum).
196
Dstance learning
Programme description
There are two separate but linked programmes:
one for UK-based General Practitioners and one for
doctors outside the UK. Successful completion of
either programme leads to award of a Postgraduate
Diploma in Clinical Dermatology from the University
of London.
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma
in Clinical Microbiology
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The postgraduate clinical microbiology programmes
develop your skills and understanding in clinical
microbiology, and provide a thorough knowledge
of associated subjects (eg molecular biology).
The formal teaching includes lectures, practicals
and workshops. The lecturers are specialists in their
fields and are invited from many institutions in the
UK. The practicals are extensive and give you the
maximum hands-on experience in all aspects of
clinical microbiology. The practicals are taught in
a large purpose-built teaching laboratory.
Many students use the MSc as preparation for the
MRCPath examinations and the MSc is accredited
by the Association of Clinical Microbiologists as part
of the training for clinical scientists.
Programme outline
Your studies are broad-based, with extensive
coverage of the following topics:
bacteriology virology mycology parasitology
bacterial pathogenicity immunology molecular
biology microbial disease diagnosis, treatment
and prevention antimicrobials and chemotherapy
epidemiology and public health hospital infection.
Assessment
There are a series of in-course assessments
throughout the programme. These assessments
include practical and written examinations, posters,
oral presentations, case reports, essays and
comprehension of scientific papers. Each
assessment is designed as a learning experience as
well as a test of knowledge. There are four or five incourse assessments each year and they form
approximately 25 per cent of the end of year marks.
The final examinations at the end of year one include
a practical exam and a written paper. The final
examinations at the end of year two include two
written papers, a research project or dissertation
and a viva.
197
Entry requirements
If you are a medical practitioner, scientist or nurse
currently working in the field of infectious disease
the part-time programme is most likely to be the best
way to study the MSc. Part-time applicants must
hold an appointment or attachment in a microbiology
department of a hospital, HPA or other appropriate
institution for the duration of the programme.
If you are an overseas student or a recent graduate
in biomedical science you are more likely to want to
follow the full-time programme. Graduates in other
related disciplines are considered for either
programme provided they have suitable experience
in microbiology.
Evidence of English proficiency is required of
students for whom English is not their first language.
A minimum overall score of 7.0 IELTS (or equivalent)
is required. For language requirements, please refer
to the international students section on page 386.
Further information
Please contact
Michele Branscombe (Teaching Associate)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7216
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Professor Armine Sefton (Programme Director)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8167
email: [email protected]
198
Programme outline
The taught programme is organised into six modules.
Module 1 and 2:
The Scientific Basis of GI Diseases
Module 3:
Liver and Pancreatic diseases
Module 4:
Adult GI Diseases I: Upper GI and IBD
Module 5:
Adult GI Diseases II: Lower GI,
Neurogastroenterology, Nutrition
Module 6:
Paediatric and Adolescent Gastroenterology
Assessment
1 Taught programme
Continual Assessment (for example written Essays
(up to six)) comprising 20 per cent of the total
mark for the MSc
Two three hour written exams in April
(45 per cent).
2 Project
Written dissertation (25 per cent)
Entry requirements
Minimum requirements for applications to the
programme are MB BS or basic medical degree from
universities recognised by the University of London
and an IELTS score of 6.5. For language
requirements, please refer to the international
students section on page 386.
All students are interviewed by a senior member
of the programme before being accepted to ensure
they are suitable for the programme and the
programme is suitable for them.
Further information
Nici Kingston
Programme Administrator
Centre for Gastroenterology
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7191
email: [email protected]
www.icms.qmul.ac.uk/courses
199
Assessment
Examination (50 per cent) Coursework (10 per
cent) Research project (40 per cent) This forms
the major part of the assessment and is divided into
two elements, project write-up and viva voce (30 per
cent) and project presentation (10 per cent).
Entry requirements
The programme is suitable for life science graduates,
with a minimum second class honours degree (or
the equivalent from an overseas university), MB BS
with or without an intercalated degree.
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Further information
Professor Stephen Bustin
Blizard Institute of Cell and Molecular Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7377 7000 x 2431
email: [email protected]
200
Programme outline
The programme provides coverage of the following
topics:
Basic principles in neuroscience
Further information
Mr Surinder Pal
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8605
email: [email protected]
For informal academic enquiries, please contact
Dr. Adina Michael-Titus (Programme Director)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 2290
email: [email protected]
201
Research areas
Centre for Academic Surgery
The research focus of this Centre is colorectal
disease with a strong translational emphasis.
There are three main research groups:
Functional disease
Cancer and genetics
Reconstructive Surgical and Biomaterial Group
The Gastrointestinal Physiology Unit, an integral part
of the Centre and national referral centre, develops
new investigations of colorectal function.
Reconstructive surgery is conducted in the Colorectal
Development Unit, established in 1997 with NSCAG
funding.
The Functional Group addresses the pathophysiology
of lower gastrointestinal sensorimotor disorders
including faecal incontinence, constipation and
severe gastrointestinal neuromuscular diseases.
Technological platforms range from ex vivo single cell
neurophysiology and molecular techniques through
to innovations of diagnostic intraluminal physiological
assessment. Such findings have been employed as a
guide to selection for specialist surgical treatments
such as neuromodulation.
Colorectal cancer themes include molecular
mechanisms underlying the differential prognosis
of patients with chromosome unstable (CIN),
microsatellite unstable (MSI) and microsatellite
stable, chromosome stable (MACS) cancers;
202
203
Neuroscience Centre
The Centre has eighteen academic staff and
research is focused on three interrelated topics:
Trauma; Neuroinflammation and pain; Neurooncology and genomics.
Trauma
The focus is on spinal cord and peripheral nerve
injury and coagulation. The group has identified
several therapeutic strategies to prevent
complications of injury, and to limit and repair
its damage.
Neuroinflammation and pain
The main disease focus of the Neuroimmunology
group is multiple sclerosis. 5 million of grants will
be used to research immune tolerance strategies,
develop neuroprotective and neurorestorative
therapies for progressive multiple sclerosis and
manipulate cannabinoid biology as a therapeutic
strategy to improve the symptoms of multiple
sclerosis.
Neuro-oncology and genomics
Research includes:
A molecular and developmental biology approach
in mouse models which shows how cellular and
molecular mechanisms control the development of
the central nervous system and can contribute to
brain tumorigenesis when deregulated.
A study of the function of human chromosomes
and the genetic basis of cancer, with the discovery
of distinct higher order chromatin configurations
and loop domains that are dependent on gene
density and transcriptional activity. Research also
focuses on critical pathways involved in
tumorigenesis, with an emphasis on brain tumours.
There are also active research programmes in motor
neurone disease, pain, muscle regeneration,
biomarkers and clinical outcomes.
Future objectives for the Centre include the
establishment of research and clinical units in
spinal injury and neuroinfectious diseases and
further development of basic research in CNS
tumour biology.
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
Institute of Dentistry
www.smd.qmul.ac.uk/dental
Research strengths
The Institute of Dentistry has consistently been rated
highly against its peers in external assessments of its
research and teaching performance. The Institute
policy is that our dental research should always be
in the main stream of Biomedical Research,
contributing to it and at the same time benefiting
from strong interdisciplinary links with our colleagues
in the rest of the Medical School and the College.
The Institute provides a friendly, intellectually
stimulating, focused and first-class environment for
postgraduate study.
The Dental School of The London Hospital Medical
College was formed in 1911 and moved into the
current Institute of Dentistry building in 1965. Barts
and The London School of Medicine and Dentistry
was formed in 1995 and merged with Queen Mary,
University of London in the same year. The School
shares the vision of Queen Mary that learning takes
place in a research environment that enriches the
teaching process. It also acknowledges its location
in the east of London and embraces the potential
this offers for teaching and learning. The Institute
of Dentistry offers a friendly, focused and successful
environment for postgraduate study.
The Institute of Dentistrys major strengths address
many of the important research questions across
the oral and dental sciences, and are particularly
focused in research groups in Infection and
Immunity, Dental Biophysics and Materials Science,
Oral Cancer, and Oral Epidemiology. The Institute
has particular expertise in Oral Microbiology, Cell and
Molecular Biology, unique expertise in Biophysics of
Dental Tissues, Dental Materials, Clinical and
Population Epidemiological studies, Psychosocial
and Behavioural factors in oral health. Extensive
collaboration throughout Queen Mary, University
of London brings great benefits from the excellent
research facilities available within the College.
211
Postgraduate resources
Scholarships / studentships
212
Institute of Dentistry
Career opportunities
Institute of Dentistry
Key relationships have been established with groups
working in other Institutes of the School of Medicine
and Dentistry such as Diabetes and Metabolic
Medicine and the Tobacco Dependence Research
Unit. There are active collaborations with the
Engineering and Materials Science and Geography
Departments at Queen Mary. National and
international links have been made with industrial
(including Glaxo SmithKline and GC Corp), academic
(including Washington USA, North Carolina USA,
Aarhus Denmark, Imperial College and Manchester)
and non-governmental organisations (Cancer
Research UK).
There is increasing collaboration with the Primary
Care Trusts serving the 2.7 million individuals in
North East and North Central London in areas such
as the epidemiology of adult oral health.
Some postgraduate student destinations include:
Graduate entry into medicine, PhD studentships
(including within the Institute), postdoctoral studies
in continuing education.
Research and teaching positions in universities
and research centres around the world in
academia.
Clinical trials, clinical scientists in the NHS,
research assistants in industry.
213
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
MClinDent in Prosthodontics
Two years full-time
Programme description
This programme is designed for dental graduates
who wish to pursue a career in Prosthodontics. It
can contribute the first two years of clinical training
leading to Membership in Restorative Dentistry of
The Royal College of Surgeons, Edinburgh following
successful completion of an optional third year of
training which is available through competitive entry.
For UK / EEC applicants wishing to be entered on
the GDC specialist list this option must be agreed by
The London Deanery prior to entry.
Programme outline
By entering this programme you will embark on:
an extensive clinical training (60 per cent), formal
teaching (25 per cent), and a supervised research
project (15 per cent). All the taught and clinical
modules on the programme are core options.
However, you will have considerable choice when
selecting a topic for your research project.
The full programme includes 30 modules covering
all aspects of fixed prosthodontics, removable
prosthodontics, implantology and related subjects.
A special aspect of this programme is attendance at
new patient diagnostic clinics, providing you with the
opportunity of formulating complex treatment plans.
Assessment
You are currently assessed at the end of year one by
a single written examination paper and a clinical viva
voce examination. At the end of the second year
there are two written papers, two case presentations,
a treatment planning exercise, a clinical test in both
fixed and removable prosthodontics. You will also be
assessed (viva voce exam) on your research report.
At the moment all three major components of the
second year exams (written, clinical, research) are
equally weighted.
Entry requirements
Please refer to the person specification table for all
clinical masters programmes in Dentistry on page
225.
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on pages 386 - 391.
Further information
Dr P D Taylor
Course Organiser
Tel: +44 (0)20 7377 7000 ext 2165
email: [email protected]
214
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
(cont)
Postgraduate Diploma in
Dental Clinical Sciences
One year full-time
Programme description
This programme offers dental graduates a
comprehensive grounding in five key training areas:
basic sciences and their application to modern day
dental practice, principles of clinical issues in
dentistry, principles of communication skills,
principles of professionalism and principles of
management and leadership. This programme aims
to recognise previous professional experience and to
augment and develop that experience.
Two pathways are available. Both provide strong
foundations for continuing postgraduate study.
Students wishing to undertake the Membership of
the Joint Dental Faculties professional examinations
(MJDF) are recommended to apply for the core
pathway. The enhanced pathway is recommended
for those students seeking both Membership of the
Joint Dental Faculties professional examinations
(MJDF) and the overseas Registration Examination
(ORE) or possible progression to a clinical MSc or
MClinDent programme.
Programme outline
The syllabus is taught through lectures, seminars,
tutorials and symposia. Communication and IT skills
are developed through weekly journal club reports
and presentations on dental and clinical governance
topics. Students will be tutored in Objective
Structured Clinical Examinations (OSCE) and
Structured Clinical Reasoning (SCR) exams using the
facilities in the newly equipped state-of-the-art Dental
skills laboratory
MClinDent in Dental
Implantology
Two years full-time, three years part-time
(Subject to approval)
Programme description
This programme is designed for dental graduates
who wish to pursue further training in Dental
Implantology.
Programme outline
By entering this programme you will embark on:
extensive clinical training (60 per cent) formal
teaching (25 per cent) and a supervised research
project (15 per cent). All the taught and clinical
modules in the programme are core modules.
You will however have considerable choice when
selecting a topic for your research project.
The full programme includes patient diagnosis and
treatment planning, implant placement, implant
restoration and is integrated with some of the
teaching in the Prosthodontics and Periodontology
Postgraduate programmes.
Assessment
You will be assessed at the end of Year one by a
single written examination paper and a clinical viva
voce examination. At the end of the second year
there are two written papers, four case presentations
(two seen and two unseen) and a treatment planning
exercise. You will also be assessed by viva voce
exam) on your research report.
At the moment all three major components of the
second year exams (written, clinical, research) are
equally weighted.
Entry requirements
Please refer to the person specification table for all
clinical masters programmes in Dentistry on page
225. For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Further information
Dr P D Taylor
Tel: +44 (0)20 7377 7000 ext 2165
email: [email protected]
215
216
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
The assessment procedures are:
Two written papers, in which three questions will
be answered on each paper from a choice of six,
with a weighting of 45 per cent towards the final
grade
A project report, normally up to 20,000 words total
excluding references and appendices, with a
weighting of 30 per cent towards the final grade
A viva voce, in which the candidate may encounter
questions from any part of the syllabus, with a
weighting of 10 per cent towards the final grade
Two coursework assignments. A planning exercise
requires students to produce an appropriate oral
health plan using data supplied. A critical review
of a published paper requires using criteria
appropriate to any type of epidemiology. The
coursework has a weighting of 15 per cent towards
the final grade.
Entry requirements
We acknowledge professional practice gained from
a wide variety of relevant backgrounds, requiring a
minimum of two years post qualification full-time
experience in addition to having a recognised
degree. For language requirements, please refer
to the international students section on page 386.
Further information
Professor Ray Croucher
Tel: +44 (0)20 7377 7632
email [email protected]
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma
in Dental Technology
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The objective of this programme is to help future
leaders/technicians in the field of Dental Technology
to be better prepared to advance their knowledge
through research and training, and to strengthen
links with clinical members of the dental team. This
is an important step in the future education and
management of Professionals Complementary to
Dentistry. This programme is carried out in the
School of Medicine and Dentistry and involves both
technical practice and academic study. This
MSc/PgDip programme is open to dentists and basic
scientists who may be responsible for teaching of
related subjects, or may need a greater
understanding of the subject in order to plan their
future industrial or academic/ research careers.
Programme outline
This programme includes technical training, formal
teaching and a supervised research project. All the
taught and technical modules in the programme are
core modules. You will be able to select the topic of
your research project from your area of interest.
The programme comprises eight modules and
technical practice:
Module 1:
Research Methodology/Statistics/Medico-Legal
Module 2:
Properties of Dental Materials/Processing Methods
Module 3:
Occlusion
Module 4:
Introduction to Implantology
Module 5:
Aesthetics
Module 6:
Modules in Management, Leadership,
Communication skills and the Dental Team
Module 7-8:
Technical practice
Module 9-12:
Project and Report
217
Assessment
Candidates who are following the one-year full-time
programme will be examined on their coursework in
June, which will qualify them for the Postgraduate
Diploma. This will be two written papers, together
with an oral examination on a submitted technical
case. Marks accumulated from the Postgraduate
Diploma (60 per cent) will go towards the final MSc
marks. To complete the MSc project reports must be
submitted by September of the year that the
candidate completes the programme, and the oral
examination will be held later the same month.
Entry requirements
Applicants should possess a recognised qualification
in Dental Technology through assessments, including
a written examination of a standard comparable to a
three-year Foundation Degree in Dental Technology
or a Graduate Certificate in Dental Technology (SMD)
awarded at the level of merit. A minimum of two
years post-initial qualification experience, and the
ability to demonstrate advanced Technical expertise
in the field. Applicants may also be required to
satisfy a practical trade test prescribed by SMD.
Other applicants require a degree (minimum of
second class honours) in a subject relevant to
Dentistry, such as basic sciences or
medical/bioengineering, or the equivalent in
professional qualifications and experience. A
minimum IELTS score of 6.5 (or an equivalent
alternative qualification) is also required for overseas
students where English is not the first language.
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Further information
Dr M Cattell
Tel: +44 (0)20 7377 7000 ext 2160
email: [email protected]
218
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
(cont)
Graduate Certificate
in Dental Technology
Four months full-time
Programme description
This programme is designed to help future
leaders/technicians in the field of Dental Technology,
without a degree to build on their qualifications as a
conduit to Masters level education, and to improve
their skills and knowledge. The Graduate Certificate
programme (on campus) is conducted over four
months at level 6 as an escalator to Masters level
education. Successful completion of the Certificate
will allow students to progress to the Diploma/MSc in
Dental Technology. This programme is also available
to applicants with a dental/science qualification who
may be responsible for teaching of related subjects.
Programme outline
This programme includes formal teaching, technical
practice and a supervised project. All the taught
modules in the programme are core modules. You
will be able to select project topics according to your
area of interest.
The programme comprises four modules:
Basic Science I
Basic Science II
Technical practice
Project.
Assessment
Students will be expected to complete 12 essays as
coursework assessments which will constitute 40
per cent of the total marks for the Graduate
Certificate. At the end of Module four, students will
be examined by two written papers on the subjects
covered. A project report and oral examination will
also be expected. A reflective practice log book will
be kept for the technical work.
Entry requirements
Applicants should possess the appropriate broadbased training, experience and knowledge for entry.
This might be measured by possession of a
recognised Dental Technology qualification
(see below), a minimum of two years post-initial
qualification experience, and the ability to
demonstrate advanced technical expertise in the
field. Applicants may be required to satisfy a
practical trade test.
219
220
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
(cont)
Programme description
For dentists wishing to develop their knowledge and
skills of evidence-based dentistry in identifying and
understanding the scientific basis of implant
treatment.
Programme description
This one year full-time programme is designed to
be accessible to both dental and basic or applied
science graduates who may in future be responsible
for teaching of these or related subjects and who
need a greater understanding of the subject in order
to develop their future academic or research career.
Programme outline
The programme includes timetabled seminars,
personal study and supervised research. All
programme taught modules are core options,
although your have considerable choice when
selecting a research topic. The taught modules
content includes:
Searching, critically reading and analysing
the literature
Formulating appropriate hypotheses for
investigation
Demonstrating knowledge of clinical techniques
and how to evaluate them
Interpreting the results of these techniques
Planning, conducting and reporting original
research.
Students are encouraged to develop appropriate
key written, oral, group work and time management
skills.
Assessment
The assessment procedures are:
a research report on an individual project
an oral examination on your research report.
Candidates will be examined in the year in
which they complete their research report.
Entry requirements
You should have successfully completed the two-year
part-time Diploma programme in Implant Dentistry,
accredited by the Faculty of General Dental
Practitioners of the Royal College
of Surgeons of England.
Further information
Dr G Martuscelli
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8663
email: [email protected]
221
222
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc in Orthodontics
Two years part-time (incorporated into a three-year
full-time Clinical Programme)
Programme description
This programme is designed for dental graduates
who wish to pursue a career in orthodontics either in
primary or secondary care services, or in a university
setting. The two-year part time Masters programme
is integrated into a full-time structured three-year
clinical programme, with a strong emphasis on close
chair-side support. Students will undertake the MSc
examination (University of London) at the completion
of their second year and the Royal College of
Surgeons Membership examination during the third
year (if eligible). The programme aims to enable you
to:
Understand the biomechanical principles
of tooth movement
Understand the development, growth and
influence of the skeletal and soft tissues on
the dentition
Understand the importance of materials science
in Orthodontics
Formulate a diagnosis of malocclusion
and appropriate treatment plan
Apply the theory and practice of clinical
orthodontics to treat a variety of malocclusions.
Programme outline
By entering this programme you will embark on:
extensive clinical training (60 per cent), formal
teaching (25 per cent) and a supervised research
project (15 per cent). All the taught and clinical
modules in the programme are core modules.
You will however have considerable choice when
selecting a topic for your research project. The
three-year programme includes the following areas:
Growth and development of the head, face
and dentition
Anatomical and physiological considerations of the
face and jaws, including the temporomandibular
joint
The aetiology of malocclusion
Clinical assessment, diagnosis and treatment
of malocclusion
State-of-the-art treatment mechanics
Concepts and practice of retention and stability
Inter-disciplinary care, including surgical and
restorative interfaces.
Assessment
You are currently assessed at the end of the second
year (MSc examination) by two written papers, case
presentations, a clinical diagnostic and treatment
planning exercise. You will also be assessed viva
voce exam) on your research report. During the third
year, you will undertake, if eligible, the Royal College
of Surgeons Membership examination (M.Orth.).
This entails case presentations, clinical diagnostic
and treatment planning exercises.
Entry requirements
Please refer to the person specification table for all
clinical masters programmes in Dentistry on page
225. Eligibility to sit the M.Orth. examination requires
the candidate to have passed the MFDS/MJDF
examination.
Further information
Barbara Engeham
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8744
email: [email protected]
or
Dr Ama Johal
Tel: +44 (0)20 7377 7397
email: [email protected]
MClinDent in Paediatric
Dentistry
Two years full-time, three years part-time
Programme description
This programme is designed for dental graduates
who wish to pursue a career in paediatric dentistry
either in primary or secondary care services, or in a
university setting. The programme can contribute the
first two years of clinical training leading to
Membership in Paediatric Dentistry of The Royal
College of Surgeons, Edinburgh and full active
membership of the European Academy of Paediatric
Dentistry. Both of these options are possible following
successful completion of an optional third year of
training which is available through competitive entry.
Programme outline
By entering this programme you will embark on:
extensive clinical training (60 per cent) formal
teaching (25 per cent) and a supervised research
project (15 per cent). All the taught and clinical
modules in the programme are core modules.
You will however have considerable choice when
selecting a topic for your research project.
The full programme comprises 11 modules:
Foundation and Operative Technique Module
Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
Growth and Development
Prevention of Caries and Periodontal Disease
Patient Management including behavioural
management
Dental Traumatology
Children with Special Needs
Oral Medicine/Oral Surgery
Clinical Dentistry
Research
Revision
You will undertake the care of children and
adolescent patients to gain experience and prepare
for your case presentations in the final examination.
An important feature of the programme is that you
will also participate in paediatric and haematology
clinics held in the main hospital; you will also attend
specialist clinics such as cleft lip and palate, and
developmental disorders.
223
Assessment
You are currently assessed at the end of Year One
by a single written examination paper and a short
clinical viva voce examination. At the end of the
second year there are two written papers, case
presentations, a clinical diagnostic and treatment
planning exercise. You will also be assessed (viva
voce exam) on your research report. Coursework
assessment marks gained during the programme
may comprise up to 40 per cent of the total marks
awarded for the clinical or practical aspects of the
programme. At the moment all three major
components of the second year exams (written,
clinical, research) are equally weighted.
Entry requirements
Please refer to the person specification table for all
clinical masters programmes in Dentistry on page
225.
Further information
Barbara Engeham
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8744
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Professor Mark Hector or Dr Ferranti Wong
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8676 or +44 (0)20 7882 8745
email: [email protected] ;
[email protected]
224
Institute of Dentistry
Degree programmes
(cont)
MClinDent in Periodontology
Two years full-time
Programme description
This programme is designed for dental graduates
who wish to pursue postgraduate level education
or a career in Periodontology. The programme is
recognised by the UK Specialist Advisory Committee
in Restorative Dentistry as suitable for the first two
years of specialist training in Periodontology. An
optional third year of training is available through
competitive entry for UK / EU applicants wishing to
be entered on the GDC specialist list; this option must
be agreed by The London Deanery prior to entry.
Programme outline
The programme consists of clinical training, formal
taught elements and the completion of a research
project and dissertation. The clinical training (60 per
cent) in diagnosis and management of periodontal
disease emphasises the practice of advanced
techniques in periodontology and includes the
relationship between periodontology and other dental
disciplines. The formal teaching element (25 per cent)
is designed to provide a wide scientific background in
the practice of periodontology. The supervised research
project consists of 15 per cent of total programme
activity. All the taught and clinical modules in the
programme are core modules. However, you have a
wide range of opportunities and topic choices for the
research project in our exemplary modern research
laboratory and clinical facilities. The full programme
includes attendance at weekly new patient diagnostic
clinics, clinical practice in periodontology including
surgical, antimicrobial, regenerative and mucogingival
procedures, management of periodontal disease in
patients with other restorative problems, and principles
and practice of implant dentistry.
Assessment
You are currently assessed at the end of Year One by
a single written examination paper and a clinical viva
voce examination on the scientific basis of
Periodontology. At the end of the second year there
are two written papers, four case presentations, and
a clinical diagnosis and treatment planning test. You
will also produce a written report of your research
project which will be assessed both by marking and
in a viva voce exam). At the moment all three major
components of the second year exams (written,
clinical, research) are equally weighted.
Entry requirements
Please refer to the person specification table for all
clinical masters programmes in Dentistry on page 225.
Further information
Professor Francis Hughes
Tel + 44 (0)20 7882 8659
email: [email protected]
225
Essential
Desirable
Education
Experience
English Language
OR
Minimum IELTS score of 7.0 (no less
than 6.5 in any part), TOEFL scores as
follows: internet based 106, computer
based 263, paper based 627 and must
have been completed within the last two
years.
Career intentions
Generic skills
226
Institute of Dentistry
Research
Research degrees
The Institute of Dentistry welcomes postgraduate
students MPhil, PhD, RD (RES) and visiting research
fellows to undertake research in the areas of interest
listed below. Research students are registered for
University of London degrees (MPhil/PhD/RD) or
post-doctorate training, and work under the
supervision of senior researchers. They are trained
in transferable skills in accordance with the British
Research Councils requirements for research
students. For further information on research
opportunities please contact the Institute of Dentistry
Graduate tutor Professor Wagner Marcenes.
Entry requirements
Students with upper second class (or better)
BSc honours degrees or equivalent are eligible
to apply for admission to research degrees.
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Research areas
Research in the Institute of Dentistry is organised
within multidisciplinary research groups which
provide critical mass of expertise, common interests
and a fulfilling academic environment. Major
interests within these groups include the following:
227
Institute of Dentistry
Staff research interests
Physical Sciences in Dentistry
Oral Cancer
228
Institute of Dentistry
Staff research interests
Eleni Hagi-Pavli BSc(Hons) PhD
Non-Clinical Lecturer in Oral Pathology
Cytokine expression and function in inflammatory
mucosal disease
229
Institute of Dentistry
Further information
Institute of Dentistry Graduate School Tutor
Professor Wagner Marcenes
Institute Graduate Tutor
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8650
email: [email protected]
www.smd.qmul.ac.uk/dental
230
231
Postgraduate resources
The Institute provides a very supportive environment
for those wanting to undertake a PhD in the broad
area of health services research, particularly primary
care and public health, as well as opportunities in
applied statistics and sociology in this area. All
students have their own workspace; postgraduate
students within the Institute run a postgraduate
qualitative research support group; and the
Institutes weekly research seminars provide an
excellent opportunity for learning about aspects
of other research and for receiving feedback on
students own research.
Scholarships / studentships
Scholarship information changes every year. The
majority of studentships/ scholarships in the Institute
are funded from external sources and in recent years
studentships have been won from the NHS Research
and Development executive, the Health Care
Consortium, and from Barts and The London Joint
Research Board.
For current information, please contact
our Institute Graduate Tutors:
Professor Sandra Eldridge
email: [email protected]
Dr Zo Hudson
email: [email protected]
232
233
Entry requirements
In order that students gain the maximum benefit
from the education being offered, they need to
be able to demonstrate practical experience of
delivering health care either as a health care
professional, or as a healthcare manager.
Applications are invited from all areas of primary
health care.
No formal academic qualification is required,
but students must demonstrate a suitable level of
academic ability. We are looking for people with the
ability, employer support, time and commitment to
undertake and complete the programme.
234
235
Assessment
Five written assignments of 2,500 words on
a work related topic one for each module.
Final assessment includes:
a written exam question
a short multiple choice questionnaire
a ten minute oral presentation on a work topic,
on which the student can clearly demonstrate
their involvement.
Entry requirements
In order that students gain the maximum benefit
from the education being offered, they need to
be able to demonstrate practical experience of
delivering health care either as a health care
professional, or as a healthcare manager.
Applications are invited from all areas of primary
health care.
No formal academic qualification is required,
but students must demonstrate a suitable level of
academic ability. We are looking for people with the
ability, employer support, time and commitment to
undertake and complete the programme.
Newly or recently appointed managers, team
leaders or administrators in any primary care area,
At senior receptionist or other administrative level
in general practice, or have equivalent experience
in another primary care setting
Or
those looking to undertake management or team
leadership responsibilities in the future will also
find the programme appropriate.
Suitability for entry to the Certificate in Primary
Health Care Management will be confirmed by
interview. This is an opportunity for prospective
students to satisfy themselves that the programme
will meet their needs before they start, and for
organisers to ensure that the programme is
appropriate for the student.
Managing Finance
Managing Services and Patient and Public
Involvement
Teaching includes traditional whole group sessions,
small group work, question and answer sessions and
some student led seminars. Students private study
time (a minimum of 10 days in total for the year)
should include reading in preparation for and after
teaching sessions.
236
Entry requirements
We recognise professional experience from a wide
range of relevant backgrounds in the public sector,
with a minimum of two years professional
experience for applicants together with at least a
second class honours degree. International students
need to have a degree-level qualification in an area
related to public health, equivalent professional
experience. For language requirements, please refer
to the international students section on page 386.
Students in local PCTs may undertake this
programme through the Workforce Development
Confederation contract with City University with
supporting documentation.
Further information
The Programme Administrator
City University
St Bartholomews School of Nursing and Midwifery
20 Bartholomew Close
London
EC1A 7QN
Tel: +44 (0)20 7040 5470
email: [email protected]
www.ihse.qmul.ac.uk/chs/courses/publichealth
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in
Sport and Exercise Medicine
One year full-time, two to four years part-time
Programme description
This internationally renowned programme is open
to doctors and physiotherapists. The programme is
based on the philosophy of total care for the athlete
and the promotion of physical activity in the general
population. It is unique in the UK for the delivery of
integrated academic and practical tuition. Based on
the main Mile End Campus, the maximum intake is
30 students.
Working in sport is a largely practical discipline
and the emphasis on the programme is for regular
clinical experience. Programme participants benefit
from regular contact with members of the Centre as
well as visiting clinicians and lecturers who are
experienced sport medicine specialists. The Centre
is ideally situated on the same campus as the sports
injury, physiotherapy, podiatry and the
interdisciplinary combined sports clinics. Additionally
you will have the opportunity to attend recognised
external clinics around London, as well as the
chance to attend sporting events and visits to
national centres of excellence where possible.
Many of our alumni now work in both professional
and amateur sport, 14 worked at Athens 2004
Olympic Games, and the Centre was involved for
the bid for London 2012 Olympic Games.
Programme outline
MSc
Eight taught modules plus a research project
(equivalent to four modules)
Diploma
Eight taught modules
Semester 1: September December (12 weeks)
five modules available
Semester 2: January March (12 weeks) five
modules available
MSc Research project: December September
Clinics: compulsory attendance of 32 clinics
237
Modules
Sports Injury Assessment I core for
physiotherapists/doctors Sports Injury Assessment
II core for doctors Sports Injury Treatment core
for physiotherapists Sports Injury Rehabilitation
core for physiotherapists Exercise as a Health Tool
Podiatry and Biomechanics Medical Problems in
Sport Exercise Physiology and Team Medicine
core for doctors Injection of the Spine and
Appendicular Skeleton Research Methods core for
physiotherapists/doctors
Assessment
Taught modules are assessed by a variety of written
exams, coursework and clinical exams. All are
weighted in varying degrees, the dissertation
accounts for one third of the total marks.
Entry requirements
Doctors and physiotherapists with at least one years
postgraduate relevant clinical experience. Current
involvement with sport would be an advantage.
Physiotherapists with overseas qualifications must
be registered with the Health Professions Council.
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Further information
Dr Zo Hudson
Associate Lead and Senior Clinical Lecturer
Centre for Sport and Exercise Medicine
Tel: ++44 (0)20 8223 8839
email: [email protected]
www.smd.qmul.ac.uk/sportsmed
238
Research areas
239
240
241
242
Postgraduate resources
As part of our overall development we have worked
to underpin our scientific environment with purpose
built space for core facilities including the Genome
Centre, FACS, proteomics/mass spectroscopy,
intravital microscopy and confocal microscopy suites.
Currently we are installing small animal Positron
Emission Tomography in our Biological Services Unit
and have a GCP compliant Clinical Trials Unit. This
unit has generated a research network of 120
general practices serving an east London population
of 500,000. These facilities, combined with our state
of the art laboratories, funded by an extensive
Science Research Infrastructure investment
programme of 7 million, provides an excellent
environment for postgraduate studies.
Scholarships / studentships
There are internal PhD studentships available,
which are funded by the School and awarded on a
competitive basis. Holders of MRC research grants
and fellowships are eligible for PhD Studentships,
and this funding is matched with an equivalent
sum from the College.
The Centre for Experimental Medicine and
Rheumatology leads an Oliver Bird Studentship
Scheme, in conjunction with Kings College London.
The WHRI regularly has awarded a number of
studentships from such bodies as the ARC, BHF
and Wellcome Trust.
Sir John Vane, Nobel Prize winner and founder of the William
Harvey Research Institute
243
244
Core modules
Clinical Study Design Practical Aspects of Clinical
Research and Early Drug Development Ethics and
Regulation Data Management and Statistics
Specific Topics in Clinical Trial Design Elective
Dissertation Health Outcomes and
Pharmacoeconomics Marketing Healthcare
Research Project/Dissertation
Module options include:
Health and the Human Body Healthcare
Organisation and Decision Making Drug Discovery
and Preclinical Research and Development
Toxicology
Assessment
For a Postgraduate diploma, students must complete
and pass eight modules. Successful completion of a
further four modules, two of which will comprise of a
critical dissertation of approximately 20,000 words,
are required for the MSc award.
The assessment of the taught modules is 100 per
cent by continuous assessment with submission by
the student of either essay-style answers or a series
of shorter answers or a mixture of both. These are
marked and returned to the students according to
a timetable specified in the Programme Handbook.
There is no formal examination.
Entry requirements
For entry onto the programme students will need
either:
An appropriate degree or degree equivalent from
a recognised academic institution
Or
An appropriate professional qualification (for
example nursing) or experience acceptable to the
Programme Director and Institute Postgraduate
Tutor.
Students for whom English is a second language
will also require a minimum IELTS 7 or TOEFL 610
score. For language requirements, please refer to
the international students section on page 386.
Further information
Professor Atholl Johnston
Clinical Pharmacology
William Harvey Research Institute
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3404
email: [email protected]
245
MSc/Postgraduate
Diploma/Postgraduate
Certificate in Forensic
Medical Sciences
One year full-time, two to five years part-time
Programme description
This programme aims to respond to the national
and international need for professionals who can
apply a critical and scientific approach to their
forensic practice, and who wish to have a broad
understanding of the various interrelated disciplines
of forensic medicine and science. The programme
will provide theoretical and practical knowledge of
the forensic medical sciences, and will train students
to be able to critically evaluate and interpret forensic
medical and scientific evidence.
The programme will cover several aspects of forensic
medical science and there is no other programme
which offers such wide range of specialist topics
under the umbrella of the forensic medical sciences,
coupled with the opportunity to carry out research in
a specialist area.
The programme offers the opportunity for graduates
to further their career prospects within their own
professional specialty. The degree should be
regarded as intermediate level for pathologists and
forensic medical examiners who will be expected to
progress to specialist exit level exams, through their
respective Academic Colleges.
Programme outline
Core modules
Clinical Aspects of Forensic Medicine (two modules)
Forensic Pathology (two modules)
Module options
Legal and Ethical Issues Relevant to Forensic
Medicine and Science Forensic Toxicology I
and II Forensic Identification I and II
Research project
Laboratory based or a critical dissertation
(four modules)
Assessment
Full attendance is expected throughout the
programme and is a pre-requisite for successful
completion of the programme.
For a Postgraduate Certificate, students must
complete and pass four modules. Successful
completion of a further four leads to the award of
the Postgraduate Diploma, Completion of a practical
project by candidates awarded the Diploma and
submission of a dissertation of approximately 20,000
words is required for the MSc award. The full
programme comprises twelve modules, with each
contributing equally to the final mark (one twelfth
of the total). The result of one module contributes
a maximum of 8.33 per cent and the project a
maximum of 33.33 per cent to the final mark.
Core and other modules will be assessed through
tutorial work (including paper presentations),
submitted assignments, practical reports and short
examinations (Short Answer Questions or Multiple
Choice Question format). There will be variation in
the relative contribution of each assessment method
within modules.
Entry requirements
For language requirements, please refer to the
international students section on page 386.
Further information
Professor Peter Vanezis
Cameron Centre for Forensic Medical Sciences
William Harvey Research Institute
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3401
email: [email protected]
246
MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/
Postgraduate Certificate in
Analytical Toxicology
Two to five years part-time
Programme description
This programme is aimed primarily at those practising
in the clinical field, but will be relevant and useful
to students who wish to follow a career in forensic,
pharmaceutical, or environmental toxicology as
the skills and knowledge base needed for those
disciplines are complementary and overlapping.
The programme aims to provide a theoretical basis
for gaining competence in the practical aspects of
analytical toxicology; to develop competence in
research and development activities; and to enable
the participants to review analytical data critically. The
modular nature of the programmes is designed to fit in
with the needs of those students who are in full-time
employment. The taught elements of the modules are
delivered in three-day blocks every six weeks.
Programme outline
Year 1 Module 1: Essential Clinical Toxicology Module
2: Analytical Techniques I Module 3: Analytical
Techniques II Module 4: Essential Therapeutics
Module 5: Trace Elements and Toxic Metals Module
6: Drug Abuse and Forensics Year 2 Module 7:
Essential Clinical Biochemistry Module 8: Laboratory
Operation Modules 9 12: Practical Project and
Dissertation (or Critical Dissertation)
247
Assessment
For a Postgraduate Certificate, students must
complete and pass Modules 1-4. Successful
completion of all eight taught modules leads to the
award of the Postgraduate Diploma. Completion of
a practical project and submission of a dissertation
based on the project of approximately 20,000 words
and successful completion of all eight taught modules
is required for the MSc award. The assessment of the
taught modules is 100 per cent by continuous
assessment with submission by the student of either
essay-style answers or a series of shorter answers or
a mixture of both.
Entry requirements
For entry onto the programme students will need
either an appropriate life sciences degree, or degree
equivalent from a recognised academic institution,
or an appropriate professional qualification or
experience acceptable to the Programme Director
and Institute Postgraduate Tutor. Students for whom
English is a second language will also require a
minimum IELTS 7 or TOEFL 610 score. For language
requirements, please refer to the international
students section on page 386.
Further information
Professor Atholl Johnston
Clinical Pharmacology, William Harvey Research
Institute, Charterhouse Square, London EC1M 6BQ
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3404, email:
[email protected]
248
Research areas
The William Harvey Research Institute has three
central research themes of inflammation science,
cardiovascular medicine and endocrine research.
Bone and Joint, Experimental Medicine and
Rheumatology and Biochemical Pharmacology
are clustered under inflammation science while
Translational Medicine and Therapeutics, Clinical
Pharmacology and Microvascular Research combine
under Cardiovascular Medicine.
Inflammation Science
The Inflammation Science Strategy Group Meetings
chaired by Professor Rod Flower FRS ensure delivery
of a co-ordinated and interactive research agenda.
Researchers in this group have held numerous
fellowships and grants, from Wellcome, ARC and
the Multiple Sclerosis Society, among others.
Specific research themes are:
Annexin Biology
In particular: research into the role of annexins in
glucocorticoid action; Research on identification
and characterisation of the annexin receptor and its
ability to modulate cell activation in various models of
experimental inflammation; The role of annexin 1 in
T cell activation, and in Systemic Lupus
Erythematosus (SLE).
Endogenous anti-inflammatory effectors
(resolution of inflammation)
Work on annexin and glucocorticoid biology has
extended into analyses of other endogenous antiinflammatory pathways. There is investigation into
the biology of galectins in vascular inflammation.
Research into the molecular and cellular
mechanisms activated by melanocortin peptides as
another exciting area for innovative anti-inflammatory
249
250
Cardiovascular Medicine
Amrita Ahluwalia BSc PhD
Professor of Vascular Pharmacology
Identification of model mediators protecting against
vascular dysfunction. New pathways in endothelial
biology
David Bishop-Bailey
Basic Science Lecturer
Research interests include investigating the roles of
nuclear receptors within the cardiovascular system
Mark Caulfield MB BS MD FRCP
Professor of Clinical Pharmacology, Head of
Clinical Pharmacology and Institute Director
National Co-ordinator of MRC British Genetics
of Hypertension (BRIGHT) Study
Genetics of Pre-eclamsia Consortium. Metabolic
syndrome translation from models to man
251
Endocrine Research
Paul Chapple BSc MSc PhD
Senior Lecturer in Endocrine Cell Biology
Research interests include the mechanism by
which molecular chaperones modulate the folding of
proteins within cells and the cell biology of diseaselinked proteins that have homology to molecular
chaperones
Shern L Chew BSc MB BChir MD FRCP
Professor of Endocrine Medicine
Research interests include the mechanisms of
regulation of pre-mRNA splicing with clinical
research in clinical endocrinology
Adrian Clark DSc FRCP FMedSci
Professor of Medicine, Centre Lead Endocrinology
Molecular basis of the pituitary hormone ACTH and
its role in the pituitary-adrenal axis in health and
disease
Ashley Grossman BA BSc MD FRCP FMedSci
Professor of Neuroendocrinology
Major interest is in translational research and
working on optimising diagnostic techniques
and therapeutic modalities in pituitary and
neuroendocrine tumours
Marta Korbonitis MD PhD
Reader in Endocrine Research
Mainly interested in ghrelin, the stomach-derived
brain-gut peptide and its receptor GHS-R
252
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
253
254
Postgraduate resources
With the largest group of medical statisticians in the
Medical School and a number of research groups
within each Centre, the Institute is able to offer a
wide variety of subjects for postgraduate study.
Students have access to the Institutes full and
powerful computing facilities, which support
extensive databases (managed by Oracle and
Sequel-Server) and SAS and STATA, IT support,
excellent laboratory facilities and the Institutes
specialist reference library. Students can be involved
in local, national and international research networks
and increasingly national and international consortia.
Regular seminar series are organised at Centre,
Institute and School level.
Scholarships / studentships
Scholarship information changes every year. Recent
awards have been from Cancer Research UK, MRC,
Research Advisory Board (Barts and The London
Charity). For home and eligible EU students with a
good first degree (first or upper second) these will all
cover tuition fees and maintenance. There are also
some College studentships for which international
students are eligible. There are now a number of
studentships available from the East London NHS
Foundation Trust for their staff for programmes run
by the Centre for Psychiatry.
255
256
Therapeutic paradigms
Cognitive Behavioural Therapies
Cognitive analytic therapies
Group Therapies
Family Therapy
Psychoanalytic and Psychodynamic Therapies
Bio-psycho-social model
Programme outline
The MSc programme consists of three 12-week
modules.
Module 1 (Advanced Mental Health Assessment)
is compulsory and completion of this alone is
accredited for exit with a certificate in mental health
assessment. This is a compulsory module for all
students.
Module 2 We offer two pathways options. 1.
Psychological Therapies or Transcultural Mental
Healthcare. Completion of this module and
module one permits exit with a diploma in either
Psychological Therapies or Transcultural Mental
Healthcare.
Module 3 is compulsory to all students and includes
research methods and evidence based practice.
Students aiming for the MSc award are required
to undertake a dissertation on an original topic
that includes original research or an original and
comprehensive literature review using systematic
methods wherever possible. Completion of modules
1, 2 and 3 is accredited for exit with an MSc in
either Psychological Therapies or Transcultural
Mental Healthcare.
257
Postgraduate Certificate
Full-time: completion in one term
Part-time N/A
Postgraduate Diploma
Full-time: both modules are completed in year 1.
Part-time: One module is completed in each year.
MSc
Full-time: all three modules are completed in
one year.
Part-time: we advise students that it is best to
complete the first two modules in the first year,
and the third (research module) in year two.
However, we permit flexibility if individual
circumstances require this and if this still provides
the student with the best chances of progressing.
The MSc programme includes three modules, each
lasting 12 weeks, and each with 12 core teaching
and learning days. These are complemented by a
half-day work placement (Transcultural Mental
Healthcare students) for module 2 or half a day a
week of supervised treatment of two short cases of
12 to 20 sessions (for students following the
Psychological therapy pathway) to develop better
practices in real clinical settings. Students prepare a
report on this as part of the programme assessment
for Modules 1 and 2. There are also PBL sessions
(one a week), and time is required to read two key
references each week and provide a prcis each
week.
Assessment
Module 1: Practice placement plan, clinical therapy
(one brief therapy), research or literature review
plan, tutor's assessment report on PBL write ups,
oral and written examination.
Module 2: Practice placement report or clinical
practice (two brief cases), pilot study report for the
main study, student presentation, tutor's assessment
report on PBL write ups and oral and written
examination.
Module 3: Tutor's assessment report on PBL write
ups and attendance, grant writing report, dissertation
(10-15,000 words), supporting publications and
written examination.
258
Research areas
The Centre for Environmental and Preventive
Medicine (CEPM) focuses on preventive medicine
(with special attention to cancer and cardiovascular
diseases) and on developing novel methods for
screening and solving the statistical problems using
many tests in combination. It runs large-scale
randomised prevention trials and epidemiological
studies into the causation of disease. For example
there are major trials in screening for Helicobacter
pylori infection in the prevention of stomach cancer,
and screening and treatment for hypothyroidism in
pregnancy (assessing childhood intellectual
development) and in the elderly. Trials to evaluate
the Polypill in reducing cardiovascular disease are
planned. The Tobacco Dependence Research Unit
within CEPM, one of the leading Centres in its field,
operates a large smokers clinic providing an ample
clinical base to support its extensive research
programme. Here there are opportunities for
postgraduate projects concerning both behavioural
and pharmacological approaches to understanding
and treating nicotine dependence.
The CRUK Centre for Epidemiology Mathematics
and Statistics focuses mainly on clinical trials and
epidemiology in the treatment and prevention of
cancer. It has particular strengths in the
chemoprevention and treatment of breast cancer
with its IBIS-II trial, cervical screening and
development of HPV vaccines, colorectal cancer
(once in a lifetime sigmoidoscopy) and prostate
cancer (managed by watchful waiting). It is involved
in the development of new mathematical and
statistical methods in the study of risk factors for
259
260
Psychiatry
Kamaldeep Bhui MD MBBS FRCPsych
Professor of Cultural Psychiatry and Epidemiology
Methodological innovations for researching health
and social care of black and minority ethnic
communities
261
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Barts and The London School of Medicine
and Dentistry
The Admissions and Recruitment Office
Room CB02
Queens Building
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5377
email: [email protected]
Science and
Engineering
Biological
and Chemical
Sciences
265
Research strengths
The School provides a friendly, interactive and lively
environment for research students, leading to PhD
or MPhil degrees, and post-doctoral research. We
benefit from strong collaboration, both within and
beyond the School, which provides additional insight
and expertise. We also benefit from Londons
position as a major international centre for scientific
meetings and conferences.
Research in the School spans from sub-atomic to
global levels of analysis, and includes research on
materials and interfacial chemistry, protein structure
and function, photosynthesis, cell biology,
evolutionary and functional genomics, neurobiology,
cognitive biology and psychology, behavioural
ecology, aquatic and terrestrial ecology.
266
Scholarships / studentships
Research resources include: an efficient and wellequipped chemical store; various workshops; excellent
library and information services; a high-speed
computer network that provides fast access to a wide
range of databases and other electronic sources of
information; facilities for purification and analysis of
macromolecules incorporating FPLC and other
chromatographies, gas chromatography mass
spectrometry (GCMS), liquid chromatography mass
spectrometry (LCMS), electrospray mass spectrometry,
surface plasmon resonance, nuclear magnetic
resonance (NMR), electron paramagnetic resonance
(EPR), electron nuclear double resonance (ENDOR),
Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR), circular dichroism
(CD) and fluorescence spectroscopies, X-ray
crystallography; recombinant DNA technology; stateof-the-art light and EM microscopy; glasshouses;
controlled environment rooms; cold rooms; marine
and freshwater aquaria. In 2009 the School benefited
from over 1 million pounds of CIF investment in stateof-the-art equipment for cell biology, structural biology
and aquatic biology. The School has a Bioinformatics
Hub (shared with Computer Sciences) and the College
Genome Centre provides further specialist resources
for genomics and bioinformatics. Some of our
academic staff are based at The River Laboratory
(Wareham, Dorset) and its research facilities are
available for use by our students.
PhD Studentships
The School offers around 15 research studentships
annually, which we advertise on our website at the
beginning of the year, together with information on
how to apply. Approximately 50 per cent of these
are funded by research councils - BBSRC
(www.bbsrc.ac.uk/), EPSRC (www.epsrc.ac.uk/)
and NERC (www.nerc.ac.uk/) - UK and some EU
students are eligible to apply for these. Other
studentships are funded by the College, for which
International students are also eligible. In addition,
the School awards Graduate Teaching Studentships,
which enable students to do a PhD over a four-year
period whilst contributing to our undergraduate
teaching programmes.
MSc Studentships and Bursaries
A limited number of College-funded bursaries to the
value of 2000 are available for award to students on
our Masters programmes.
Applicants to our MSc in Freshwater and Coastal
Sciences are also considered for full and part-funded
NERC Studentships (UK/EU) and a bursary to the
value of Home Fees only, funded by the Freshwater
Biological Association.
All applicants are automatically considered for
awards and there is no separate application form.
Enquiries about studentships/bursaries should be
directed to Maggie Moran ([email protected]).
Further information
Maggie Moran
Administrative Officer (Postgraduate and Research)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3012
email: [email protected]
www.sbcs.qmul.ac.uk
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Science and Engineering Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
267
268
Degree programmes
MSc Bioinformatics
(interdisciplinary)
(Jointly taught with the Department
of Computer Science)
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This MSc programme is intended for graduates
of both biological sciences and computer-related
subjects (including physics and mathematics) who
want to convert to Bioinformatics.
Bioinformatics is an important and fast-developing
interdisciplinary field, combining biomedical and
computer sciences. We are witnessing a huge growth
in biological data driven by high-throughput
experimental methods, such as those used in the
human genome project. The volume of data makes
the use of computational methods vital for identifying
gene function and regulation, uncovering the
structure and function of bio-molecules and many
other problems. Great opportunities exist for suitably
qualified people both within the pharmaceutical and
biotech industries, and in research.
The programme is designed for students from two
different types of background providing essential
skills in the other disciplines required in
Bioinformatics. Students with:
A biological background will develop practical
programming ability and a more formal
understanding of computer science
A physical sciences / computing background
will learn essential concepts of the organisation of
genetic information and how the genetic blueprint
is implemented to exist as a fully functioning
organism.
You will gain experience with concepts in software
design and implementation in the context of
molecular biology, together with an understanding of
the theoretical framework that underpins some of the
commonly used methods of analysis. Project work on
the programme involves application of these
principles and techniques to biological data analysis.
Career opportunities
Bioinformatics is one of the fastest growing
disciplines. A degree in Bioinformatics can open
up a rewarding career in the biotechnology industry,
work in pharmaceutical development, drug discovery,
forensics, or environmental and ecological research.
Programme outline
Core modules
Research Methods for Bioinformatics
(two-semester single module) MSc Project
Module options include
Advanced Database Systems and Technologies
Advanced Program Design (in Java) Algorithms
and complexity Computational Genomics
Database Systems Functional Genomics Genes
and Bioinformatics Genomics Heredity and Gene
Action IT Programming (double module)
Software Engineering Software Risk Assessment
Systems Analysis The Semantic Web
Transmission Genetics XML and Structured
Information
Entry requirements
A good first degree, minimum upper second
class honours. There are two entry routes:
You should have a first degree in biological
sciences (including a strong component of
genetics, molecular biology, biochemistry or a
similar discipline). Some exposure to programming
is useful; otherwise you should be able to show
some mathematical aptitude
Alternatively, you should have a first degree in
mathematics, a physical science or computer
science and be a capable programmer. You
should have studied Biology to A-level or
equivalent.
For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386
to 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Administrator
Department of Computer Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
269
Entry requirements
The normal minimum requirement is a second class
honours degree in chemistry, or with chemistry as a
major element (or equivalent international
qualification).
For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386
to page 391.
Further information
Maggie Moran, Administrative Officer
(Postgraduate and Research)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3012
email: [email protected]
For informal enquiries, please contact
Alice Sullivan, Programme Director
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3274
email address: [email protected]
Graduate profile:
Amanmammet Bugreyev
Studied: Masters
in Chemistry
graduated 2007
Currently: I am
working in Turkey
for Schlumberger,
a leading global
oil field services
provider.
Why did you choose
Queen Mary for your
postgraduate study?
I decided to come
to Queen Mary as I wanted to gain a Masters
degree from a world-renowned institute. When I
first joined the university, the academic staff were
very supportive and helpful, and I instantly felt
comfortable. I am very pleased to have worked
with such a great research team and remarkable
academic staff, as well as been part of such a
friendly department.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
My year at Queen Mary has been both socially and
academically very fulfilling, and one that I would
recommend to any prospective student. The
knowledge and experience I gained will be
useful tools in my future and career.
270
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc in Freshwater
and Coastal Sciences
(Jointly taught with Department of Geography
subject to approval)
One year full-time, two to five years part-time
Programme description
The MSc in Freshwater and Coastal Sciences aims to
integrate ecology with hydrology and geomorphology.
In particular, the programme focuses on:
reconstructing the past; understanding the
contemporary; monitoring design; and predicting the
future via modelling. Emphasis is placed on practical
skills and field experience.
The Centre for Aquatic and Terrestrial Environment
(CATE) is an interdisciplinary collaboration between
the School of Biological and Chemical Sciences and
the Department of Geography. CATE staff have
considerable multi-disciplinary expertise in aquatic
systems sciences which is further complemented by
staff from organisations such as the UK Environment
Agency, NERC Centre for Ecology and Hydrology,
The Freshwater Biological Association and the
conservation agencies.
271
Chris Mellor with brown trout which have started to recolonise formerly acid streams in south east England
272
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
All taught and field modules will be equally weighted
at one-twelfth (8.33 per cent) of the total mark. Each
of the two projects will be weighted at two-twelfths
(16.67 per cent) of the total mark. Each taught
module will be assessed by one or more of: openessays, practical reports, laboratory or fieldwork note
books, presentations and traditional exams.
Entry requirements
A minimum of a second class honours degree
(or the equivalent from an overseas university)
in a relevant subject such as Environmental Science,
Biology, Chemistry or Geography will be required.
Preference will be given to candidates with an upper
second class or first class degree. Applicants with
relevant professional experience in marine science or
environmental management will also be considered.
For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386
to page 391.
Further information
Maggie Moran, Administrative Officer
(Postgraduate and Research)
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3012
email: [email protected]
273
Research
Research degrees
We welcome postgraduate students and visiting
research fellows who wish to undertake research in
our areas of interest (see below). Research students
are registered for University of London degrees
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the supervision of
members of academic staff. Students may receive
financial support (research studentships) offered by
the research councils (including CASE studentships
in collaboration with an industrial sponsor). A limited
number of College studentships are also available.
Graduate profile:
Lily Huan Wang
Research areas
Ecology, Behavioural Biology and Psychology
Evolutionary and Organismal Biology
Materials and Interfaces
Mechanistic and Structural Biology
Ecology, Behavioural Biology and Psychology
www.sbcs.qmul.ac.uk/research/ecology.shtml
http://psychology.sbcs.qmul.ac.uk
Ecology and behavioural biology encompasses two
major research themes of international significance:
aquatic ecosystems and behavioural/evolutionary
ecology. We have one of the strongest freshwater
ecology research groups in any British University,
covering research on population and community
ecology, empirical and theoretical aspects of food
web structure and function, the application of stable
isotopes to aquatic ecology, biogeochemical
processes (including the production of greenhouse
gases from rivers and wetlands), and studies of
acidification and eutrophication. We also have
leading experts in the biogeochemistry and ecology
of estuaries, coastal margins and salt marshes.
Included in the behavioural ecology of social animals
theme, we have world-leading research on foraging
biology of bees, social organisation and mating
systems of bats, and (eu)sociality of mole rats.
We also have excellence in the behaviour, ecology,
management and conservation of wild mammals,
on the role of termites in the productivity and
sustainability of tropical agriculture, and on the role
of pathogens and parasites in sexual selection and
behaviour in insects. Building on strengths in
behavioural ecology and neurobiology, we have
274
Research
(cont)
275
276
(cont)
www.sbcs.qmul.ac.uk/people/index_academic.shtml
Mechanistic and
structural biology
John Allen BSc PhD(Lond)
Professor of Biochemistry
Regulation of photosynthesis by protein
phosphorylation; redox signalling in cell evolution
Christopher Bray MChem DPhil(Oxon)
Lecturer in Synthetic Organic Chemistry
Organic chemistry, total synthesis and new synthetic
methodology
Adrian Dobbs BSc PhD(Lond)
Lecturer in Organic and Biological Chemistry
Synthetic organic chemistry: methodology
and total synthesis
Peter Heathcote BSc PhD(Lond)
Professor of Biochemistry and Head of School
Protein cofactor interactions in photosynthetic
reaction centres, respiratory chain complexes
and enzymes involved in tetrapyrrole biosynthesis
Bob Janes BSc MSc PhD(Lond)
Senior Lecturer in Biochemistry
Structure-function studies of voltage-gated ion
channel toxins
277
Staff profile:
Professor Maurice Elphick
Professor of Animal Physiology and Neuroscience
I am interested in
the evolution and
functions of
molecules that
mediate
communication
between nerve cells
in the brain. A
particular focus is
the endocannabinoid
system, a signalling
system in the brain
that is affected by the
drug cannabis. Our
research, funded by
grants from BBSRC,
MRC, Wellcome Trust and Leverhulme Trust, has
helped to establish how this system works, when it
first evolved, and how it can be targeted to treat
medical disorders such as chronic pain.
I decided to work in this field for a few reasons:
A desire to learn more about how nervous systems
orchestrate the astonishingly complex behaviour of
humans and other animals; A conviction that
research on all forms of life is absolutely essential
for understanding human biology and for
maintaining life on earth.
I hope my research work helps me transmit the joy
of learning and discovering new things about the
natural world to the students I teach. Discovering
things yourself really helps you appreciate how
valuable knowledge and understanding are.
London is one of best cities in the world to do
scientific research because there are so many
opportunities to collaborate and learn from other
scientists. Queen Mary provides a friendly,
supportive and interactive environment that
enables scientists to do world-leading research.
Electronic
Engineering
and Computer
Science
MSc Advanced Methods
in Computer Science (specialist)
MSc Software Engineering (specialist)
MSc Information Management (specialist)
MSc New Media Interaction (specialist)
MSc Intelligent Web Technologies (specialist)
MSc Security and Surveillance
MSc Computing and Information Systems
(generalist)
MSc Bioinformatics (interdisciplinary)
Graduate Diploma in Science and Engineering
MSc in Computer Science by Research
MSc Telecommunications (Network Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications
(Internet Computing Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications (Applications Pathway)
MSc Wireless Networks (Physical Pathway)
MSc Wireless Networks (Network Pathway)
MSc Digital Signal Processing
MSc Digital Music Processing
MSc Security and Surveillance
MSc Telecommunications in the Business
Environment (Network Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications in the Business
Environment (Internet Computing Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications in the Business
Environment (Applications Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications with Law
(Network Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications with Law
(Internet Computing Pathway)
MSc Telecommunications with Law
(Applications Pathway)
MSc by Research
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
279
280
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Computer Science
www.eecs.qmul.ac.uk
Computer Science
Computer Science at Queen Mary is noted for
linking its innovative teaching to pioneering
research. We have been leaders in research since
our establishment in the 1960s and have contributed
to many developments in the field, from setting up
the first UK Internet node to developing tools that are
revolutionising the detection of bugs in operating
systems. As a leading research department we have
excellent links with industry: our current research
projects involve partners including Microsoft
Research, Yahoo, Motorola, Intel, and Airbus UK.
Research strengths
As one of the first UK computer science departments,
we have made a major impact on the discipline in
areas such as the foundations of programming
languages and parallel computing. Today we
continue to be at the cutting-edge, working on
core developments as well as novel technologies.
Our work supporting public engagement of science
has an international reputation. Research is focused
in key areas led by an internationally leading
researchers and each having strong links with
industry.
There is a significant interdisciplinary component
to our research. We work with electronic engineers,
mathematicians, biologists, linguists, psychologists
and performance artists. Our research is focused on
three key areas corresponding to groups led by an
internationally leading researcher and each having
strong links with industry:
For example, our Theory group are international
leaders in the area of Extreme Reasoning and
Separation Logic. In the latter we have solved the
long-standing problem of detecting bugs in device
drivers the major cause of operating system
crashes. This work is impacting Microsoft's software
quality research agenda.
Our researchers in the area of Interaction and Vision
are conducting ground-breaking algorithmic work
on face and behaviour recognition that can be
applied to crime prevention and security. At the
same time, members of our Interaction, Media and
Communication group are using research into verbal
and non-verbal communication to develop novel
communication tools.
In the Risk Assessment area, our work on Bayesian
nets is impacting major organisations and the work
of researchers world-wide, including in areas
beyond pure Computer Science. We lead a major
international Information Retrieval effort in XML
retrieval and work on information retrieval from
large databases.
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
281
Postgraduate resources
Resources available to postgraduate students
include: our purpose-built, award-winning, threestorey Informatics Teaching Laboratory (ITL) with
state-of-the-art computer systems providing over
150 fully networked multimedia workstations, a
robotics research lab, and workshops. The top floor
is reserved exclusively for MSc students. The ITL
also has an extensive wireless LAN network so that
students can use their own laptops.
For postgraduate students on taught and research
degrees there are specialist laboratories to use for
carrying out research. Our Augmented Human
Interaction (AHI) Laboratory combines pioneering
technologies including full-body and multi-person
motion capture, virtual and augmented reality
systems and advanced aural and visual display
technologies. It exploits a unique combination of
expertise in expression and gesture recognition, 3D
modelling, human-human interaction, engagement
and creativity, and is supported through
contributions from Microsoft and EA
Games/Electronic Arts Inc. The School of Electronic
Engineering and Computer Science have been
awarded funding to develop a state-of-the-art
Doctoral Training Centre in Media and Arts
Technology.
We formed the Interdisciplinary Informatics Hub
in Collaboration with the Schools of Biological
and Chemical Science and Mathematical Science.
These laboratories and associated office spaces
house around 40 researchers, providing a meeting
place for postgraduates from all departments to
interact and exchange ideas. Significant investment
has also been made in a new high-performance
computing laboratory, which provides leading-edge
computing support for Bioinformatics research.
282
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Computer Science
www.dcs.qmul.ac.uk
Scholarships / studentships
Further information
MSc Scholarships
The college provides Computer Science studentships
of 2,000, to high-quality international applicants,
from a wide range of countries. Please see
www.dcs.qmul.ac.uk/postgraduate/msc for further
information.
Postgraduate Administrator
Rupal Vaja
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
283
Computer Science
Career opportunities
We have a wide range of industrial contacts secured
through research projects and consultancy, our
Industrial Experience programme, and our Industry
Panel. The Industry Panel works to ensure that our
programmes are state-of-the-art and match the
changing requirements of this fast moving industry
as well as providing employment opportunities for
our students and graduates.
Links with the working world
Our various relationships with industrial and
commercial organisations ensure our Industry Panel
includes representatives from a variety of computer
science-oriented companies ranging from small and
medium enterprises to major blue-chip companies.
These include:
Hewlett Packard Labs
BT Exact
Oaklodge Consultancy
Intel Ltd
The Usability Company
Squiz UK Ltd
Arclight Media Technology Limited
Logica CMG UK
Mistle Thrush Ltd
Tower Hamlets
Promethes Limited
Standard Bank
Atkins Global
All of our Masters programmes are designed with
todays industrial and commercial needs in mind.
Our interdisciplinary programmes prepare you for a
career in a variety of areas. Many graduates combine
their advanced computing skills with those from their
first degree to become highly-desirable IT specialists
in industries linked to their original area such as
bioinformatics, linguistics, the creative arts
industries, IT law, and finance.
Our specialist MSc programmes build on your
computer science related degree with state-of-the-art
knowledge to give you that all-important edge in the
job market. Advanced Java programming, web
technologies, network computing, advanced
database development and information retrieval are
examples of cutting-edge skills that will make you
highly employable. Typical jobs include web search
engine architect, database manager/administrator,
content manager and data visualisation engineer.
Microsoft, Nokia, Barclays Capital, Logica, Sony Inc,
Macromedia, and BT have all taken on our
graduates into a variety of roles, making good use of
284
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
Assessment
The Research Methods modules are assessed
through coursework alone. All other taught modules
are examined through a combination of coursework
and written examinations taken in May/June. The
MSc Project is assessed by written dissertation and
an oral examination in September.
Entry requirements
You should possess a good honours degree
(minimum upper second class) with a substantial
computer science component (at least half) or
equivalent industrial experience. You should also
have good programming skills for undertaking the
practical elements of the programme.
For international students we require English
language qualifications IELTS 6.5, TOEFL (CBT) 237
or TOEFL (written test) 575. Please also refer to the
International Students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Please contact:
Rupal Vaja, Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
285
Assessment
The Research Methods modules are assessed
through coursework alone. All other taught modules
are examined through a combination of coursework
and written examinations taken in May/June. The
MSc Project is assessed by written dissertation and
an oral examination in September.
Entry requirements
You should possess a good honours degree
(minimum upper second class) with a substantial
computer science component (at least half) or
equivalent industrial experience. You should also
have good programming skills for undertaking the
practical elements of the programme.
For international students we require English
language qualifications IELTS 6.5, TOEFL (CBT) 237
or TOEFL (written test) 575. Please also refer to the
International Students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Please contact:
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
286
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
The Research Methods modules are assessed
through coursework alone. All other taught modules
are examined through a combination of coursework
and written examinations taken in May/June. The
MSc Project is assessed by written dissertation and
an oral examination in September.
Entry requirements
You should possess a good honours degree
(minimum upper second class) with a substantial
computer science component (at least half) or
equivalent industrial experience. You should also
have good programming skills for undertaking the
practical elements of the programme.
For international students we require English
language qualifications IELTS 6.5, TOEFL (CBT) 237
or TOEFL (written test) 575. Please also refer to the
International Students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Please contact:
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
287
Assessment
The Research Methods modules are assessed
through coursework alone. All other taught modules
are examined through a combination of coursework
and written examinations taken in May/June. The
MSc Project is assessed by written dissertation and
an oral examination in September.
Entry requirements
You should possess a good honours degree
(minimum upper second class) with a substantial
computer science component (at least half) or
equivalent industrial experience. You should also
have good programming skills for undertaking the
practical elements of the programme.
For international students we require English
language qualifications IELTS 6.5, TOEFL (CBT) 237
or TOEFL (written test) 575. Please also refer to the
International Students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Please contact:
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
288
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Assessment
The Research Methods modules are assessed
through coursework alone. All other taught modules
are examined through a combination of coursework
and written examinations taken in May/June. The
MSc Project is assessed by written dissertation and
an oral examination in September.
Entry requirements
You should possess a good honours degree
(minimum upper second class) with a substantial
computer science component (at least half) or
equivalent industrial experience. You should also
have good programming skills for undertaking the
practical elements of the programme.
For international students we require English
language qualifications IELTS 6.5, TOEFL (CBT) 237
or TOEFL (written test) 575. Please also refer to the
International Students section from page 386 to
391.
Further information
Please contact:
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
289
290
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
291
MSc Bioinformatics
(interdisciplinary)
Entry requirements
A good first degree, minimum upper second
class honours. There are two entry routes:
Programme description
This MSc programme is intended for graduates
of both biological sciences and computer-related
subjects (including physics and mathematics) who
want to convert to Bioinformatics.
If your background is in biology, you will develop
practical programming ability and a more formal
understanding of computer science. If your
background is in computing or physical sciences,
you will learn essential concepts of the organisation
of genetic information and how the genetic blueprint
is implemented. You will gain experience with
concepts in software design and implementation in
the context of molecular biology, together with an
understanding of the theoretical framework that
underpins some of the commonly used methods of
analysis. Project work on the programme involves
application of these principles and techniques to
biological data analysis.
A degree in Bioinformatics can open you to a
rewarding career in the biotechnology industry,
including pharmaceutical development, drug
discovery, forensics, or environmental and ecological
research.
Programme outline
Core modules
Research Methods for Bioinformatics (two-semester
single module) MSc Project
Module options include:
Advanced Database Systems and Technologies
Advanced Program Design (in Java) Algorithms
and Complexity Computational Genomics
Database Systems Functional Genomics Genes
and Bioinformatics Genomics Heredity and Gene
Action IT Programming (double module)
Software Engineering Software Risk Assessment
Systems Analysis The Semantic Web
Transmission Genetics XML and Structured
Information
Please note module availability is subject to change.
292
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Pre-Masters Diploma in
Science and Engineering
One year full-time
Programme description
This one-year program is designed to act as a
foundation year for overseas students who have
completed their first degree in Computer Science,
but do not have sufficient qualifications to permit
direct entry onto the specialist Masters programmes.
The programme is offered jointly between Computer
Science and the Language and Learning Unit of the
College. All students on the programme will take one
compulsory module each semester in English
Language and Study Skills as part of their total load
of eight modules. All students also take six modules
in Computer Science. These modules provide a
coherent programme of study that, subject to your
performance, provide an effective pathway to study
Computer Science at Masters level.
Candidates will be able to progress to the linked
Computer Science MSc programmes if they have
achieved an overall PASS award with an average
mark of at least 60 per cent in modules taken
(minimum of four modules) and 55 per cent in the
two language modules (equivalent to IELTS 6.5).
This level is consistent with the criteria for entry
to the Specialist Masters programs in Computer
Science for graduate applicants from outside the
College.
Programme outline
Core modules
Advanced Program Design (Java) Algorithms and
Complexity Computer Graphics Further Networks
and Operating Systems
Module options include:
Students must choose two modules from:
Interaction Design Artificial Intelligence Machine
Learning and Data Mining Computability
Please note module availability is subject to change.
Entry requirements
For entry onto our Graduate Diploma in Science and
Engineering, you should possess a first degree in
Computer Science, with sufficient evidence of
programming skills, the equivalent of Maths GCSE
grade B and related numeracy skills, as well as
having conducted a project or equivalent experience
as evidence of your ability to study independently.
For international students we require English
language qualifications IELTS 5.5, TOEFL (CBT) 197
or TOEFL (written test) 530 or TOEFL (IBT) 71.
Please also refer to the International Students
section from page 386 to 391.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
293
Research
Research degrees
MSc in Computer Science by Research
Our MSc in Computer Science by Research involves
an extended (one-year) individual research project
carried out as part of one of our established research
groups, combined with selected taught modules.
This programme offers you the chance to undertake
an advanced Masters programme through an
extended research project. The programme is
suitable for outstanding students who have an
interest in advanced research-based study in
one of our research specialisms: Computer Vision;
Information Retrieval; Interaction, Media and
Communication; Risk Assessment and Decision
Analysis; Theoretical Computer Science.
You will join one of our research groups, taking
four selected taught modules and completing an
extended research project. You will have the
opportunity to develop further research and technical
skills and to be able to demonstrate a level of
independence that is greater than developed
on a purely taught programme.
The MSc by Research programme will give you solid
theoretical and practical research competences in
your chosen field of study and will enhance your
employability. Successful completion of the
programme may also provide a route to further study
at doctoral level or for a research and development
position in industry.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
PhD study
We are well-known for our pioneering research and
pride ourselves on the many world-class cutting-edge
projects in which we are involved. Joining us as a
PhD student gives you the chance to experience this
buzz and be part of our efforts to shape the future of
computer science.
We offer well-integrated doctoral study programmes
in our various areas of specialisation in computer
science: Computer Vision; Information Retrieval;
Interaction, Media and Communication and
Theoretical Computer Science. Based around these
themes, each of our research groups is involved in
internationally leading research, funded by UK
Research Councils, the European Union, and
industry around the world.
As one of the UKs leading computer science
departments, we offer our postgraduate students a
comprehensive and supportive training environment.
You will work as part of a friendly and vibrant
research community under the supervision of
experts in the field.
294
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
(cont)
Research areas
The following outlines our major areas of research
interest. For more detailed information please visit
each research groups web pages:
www.eecs.qmul.ac.uk/phd/
Vision and Interaction Research
Our Computer Vision group is internationally
renowned for its work on modelling object behaviour,
human facial and body action, facial synthesis and
super-resolution, multi-modal biometrics, 3D
deformable shape, and structure from motion. The
work has been widely applied to vehicle and people
detection and tracking; behaviour screening and
anomaly detection in public space CCTV.
Our core expertise includes statistical machine
learning, time series analysis, dynamic Bayesian
graph models, multi-view geometry, multi-modal data
fusion, neurobiologically inspired vision, and image
compression.
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
295
296
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
(cont)
Information Engineering:
Risk Assessment and
Decision Analysis
Information Engineering:
Information Retrieval
Silvano P V Barros BSc(Brun) MSc(UMIST/Brun)
PhD(Brun)
Lecturer
Application of high performance and parallel
computing techniques to improve retrieval
performance
Tassos Tombros DipEng(Patras, Greece) MSc
PhD(Glas)
Lecturer
Document clustering as a tool for effective document
retrieval, query-based similarity measures and userbased automatic summarisation techniques
Jane Reid MA(St Andrews) MSc(Glas)
Senior Lecturer
User-centred aspects of information seeking,
information retrieval, structured document retrieval
and human-computer interaction
Thomas Roelleke Diplom-Informatiker Dr rer nat
Senior Lecturer
Information management based on the integration
of database and information retrieval technologies
Theory
John Bell BA MSc(Lond) PhD(Essex)
Lecturer
Logical formalisation of context-dependent reasoning
or pragmatic reasoning
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
297
298
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.dcs.qmul.ac.uk/staff
Computer Science
Queen Mary, University of London
299
Staff profile:
Professor Peter McOwan
Professor of Computer Science
300
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Electronic Engineering
www.eecs.qmul.ac.uk
Electronic Engineering
Electronic Engineering enables an increasing
interconnected world to come even closer together.
Our teaching and research uses core electronic
engineering and telecommunications methods and
theory in innovative ways. Electronic Engineering at
Queen Mary is at the leading edge of research in
the use and development of advanced technologies.
In addition to offering a wide range of taught and
research postgraduate programmes, we offer unique
distance learning MSc programmes, which are
available to students in the UK, Europe, and
through partner institutions across the globe.
Research strengths
Electronic Engineering was established at Queen
Mary over 100 years ago, and since that time
we have maintained a reputation for research
excellence. We hold research grants in the areas
of antennas, telecommunications, intelligent systems,
digital signal processing and multimedia, from
organisations such as EPSRC, the EU, industry, and
government. The benefit of studying for an MSc in a
research-active department is that you are taught by
people who are research leaders in their fields.
Our research vision focuses on modern
telecommunications, and on emerging digital media
and creative industries. We produce world-class
research and engage with industry, partners and
academic colleagues, in the UK and internationally,
in a variety of disciplines, to make a difference to
real world problems.
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
301
Postgraduate resources
The School of Electronic Engineering and Computer
Science offers taught postgraduate students their
own computing laboratory, which is equipped with a
large number of workstations. An extensive wireless
LAN capability is provided where students can use
their own laptops. For both research and Masters
projects there are specialist labs for multimedia,
digital signal processing and microwave antennas.
PhD students have generous study space. In
addition, we have been awarded 1.8 million for
development of the experimental facilities for the
Antenna and C4DM groups which will be completed
by 2010.
Scholarships / studentships
Electronic Engineering is pleased to be able to
offer students from selected countries a 2,000
scholarship for all our taught MSc degree
programmes. Students from the following countries
are eligible for these scholarships:
Bangladesh
Brazil
China, Taiwan, Hong Kong SAR and Macau SAR
India
Iran
Kenya
Malaysia
Nigeria
Pakistan
Russia
Sri Lanka
South Korea
Thailand
Vietnam.
In order to be eligible for these awards you must:
Be a national of a country listed above
Be classified as an international student for
fees purposes
Apply for a masters programme by July 30
of the year of entry.
302
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Electronic Engineering
www.elec.qmul.ac.uk
Please note:
There is no need to make a separate scholarship
application. All eligible candidates will be
considered on the basis of the information
provided in their application form. You will be
informed whether you have been awarded a
scholarship when we make you an offer.
Early application will increase the probability of
a scholarship.
Candidates must not be in receipt of any other
College scholarship or a full fees scholarship from
any other source (for example The Chevening
Scheme).
The scholarship awards will be deducted from
tuition fees payable to the College.
Please note that in most cases the College only
awards partial scholarships and competition for
these awards is intense. Students must be able
to finance the remainder of their tuition fees and
living expenses.
College Scholarships
Every year Electronic Engineering offers a limited
number of scholarships worth 2000 each to MSc
student (in addition to any other scholarship
awarded). The scholarships are awarded on the
basis of exceptional academic merit, on a first-comefirst-served basis and are made at the time of
application. In order to claim a College Scholarship,
students must first accept their offer of a place at
Queen Mary.
PhD Scholarships
The School has a number of EPSRC, College,
industrial, and internationally funded research
studentships available for PhD students beginning
Further information
Postgraduate Administrator
Rupal Vaja
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
www.elec.qmul.ac.uk
Research Students Coordinator
Melissa Yeo
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5357
Email: [email protected]
www.elec.qmul.ac.uk
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Science and Engineering Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
303
Electronic Engineering
Career opportunities
We are committed to being leaders in research and
training industry leaders. The world of electronics,
communications, media technologies, and
computing offers challenging, creative, and well-paid
careers in a variety of economic sectors. There is
currently a shortage of highly-qualified graduate
engineers, making excellent salaries the norm.
304
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
MSc Telecommunications
(Network Pathway)
One year full-time, two years part-time by distance
learning
Programme description
This programme provides postgraduate training
in the principles and applications of
telecommunications, particularly in the way the
subject is moving towards integrating voice and
data applications with the Internet. It builds on the
internationally acknowledged research expertise of
our staff, as well the substantial amount of teaching
given by staff on the University of London BT MSc in
Telecommunications Engineering. This pathway puts
emphasis on telecommunications technologies,
especially mobile technologies.
At the end of the programme, you will be equipped
with the skills needed for a wide range of jobs in the
expanding telecommunications industry, from
designing infrastructure and services for the new 3G
mobile networks to working on the expansion of the
Internet with new technologies and protocols.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Either Java Programming or Advanced Software
Technologies (1) As determined by the Department
to suit the applicants academic and professional
profile Digital Broadcasting (1) Internet
Infrastructure Security and Authentication
Semester 2
Network Modelling and Performance Satellite
Communications Multimedia Systems (1)
Wireless Networks (1)
May-September
Project
(1) = This module is taken in the first year of parttime by distance learning study.
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
You should have a first or upper second class
degree in Electronic Engineering, Computer
Science, Mathematics, or a related discipline;
some programming experience (preferably an
object-orientated language) such as C or C++, and
a basic knowledge of telecommunications networks.
Applicants with unrelated degrees will be considered
if there is evidence of significant industrial
experience. Applicants with lower second class
degrees may be considered if the undergraduate
degree specialised in relevant subjects.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
305
MSc Telecommunications
(Internet Computing Pathway)
One year full-time, two years part-time by distance
learning
Programme description
The growth of the Internet has led to the emergence
of new industries, services, and products that were
unimaginable only a few years ago. With this growth
has come the need for employees with the special
skills required to build and deploy industrial-strength
Internet computing systems.
The Internet Computing pathway is designed to
equip you with the skills needed to succeed in the
Internet computing industry. This programme is
intended both for graduates in a related discipline,
who wish to enhance and specialise their skills in the
area, and also for industrialists with some experience
of working in the information technology or
telecommunications sectors, who wish to
obtain a formal qualification.
Upon completing, you will have advanced skills in
the application and underlying theory of Internet
Computing technologies. Taught modules include the
basic principles of digital networks, through modules
that describe the software technologies that drive the
Internet and to modules that describe research-level
technologies, techniques, and services. This will give
you a thorough understanding of the subject, with a
specialised knowledge of a chosen sub-field based
on your project.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Advanced Software Technologies (1) Network
Computing and Internet Technologies (1) Internet
Infrastructure Security and Authentication
Semester 2
Network Modelling and Performance Multimedia
Systems (1) Intelligent Agents and Multi-Agent
Systems Internet Databases (1)
May-September
Project
(1) = This module is taken in the first year of parttime by distance learning study.
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken
with an overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
You should have a first or upper second class
degree in Electronic Engineering, Computer Science,
Mathematics, or a related discipline. You should
have Java programming experience from your
undergraduate degree. Applicants with unrelated
degrees will be considered if there is evidence of
significant industrial experience. Applicants with
lower second class degrees may be considered if
the undergraduate degree specialised in relevant
subjects.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
306
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc Telecommunications
(Applications Pathway)
One year full-time, two years part-time by distance
learning
Programme description
This programme provides postgraduate training
in the principles and applications of software and
telecommunications as applied to e-Commerce.
The integrated curriculum responds to rapid
developments in the discipline and attempts to
satisfy the needs of good graduates with degrees in
Electronic Engineering, Computer Science or related
subjects. The structure is similar to the Internet
Computing pathway and aims to help fill the skills
gap for e-Commerce specialists as demand
continues to grow in all sectors of industry and
commerce. It emphasises both e-Commerce
applications and the underlying information and
communication technologies.
At the end of the programme, you will be able
to construct software to deliver e-Commerce
applications over the Internet and understand how
the different types of infrastructure affect design
and commercial decisions.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Advanced Software Technologies (1) Network
Computing and Internet Technologies (1) Internet
Infrastructure Security and Authentication
Semester 2
Intelligent Agents and Multi-Agent Systems
Mobile Services (1) Protocols for the Electronic
Marketplace Internet Databases(1)
May-September
Project
(1) = This module is taken in the first year of parttime by distance learning study.
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Internet Computing
Pathway) on page 305.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
307
May-September
Project
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
You should have a first or upper second class
degree in Electronic Engineering, Computer Science,
Mathematics, or a related discipline. Applicants
with unrelated degrees will be considered if there
is evidence of significant industrial experience.
Applicants with lower second class degrees may be
considered if the undergraduate degree specialised
in relevant subjects. Applicants should have a first
degree that included Electromagnetics and be
familiar with such topics as Maxwells Equations
and basic antenna theory.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
308
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Network Pathway)
on page 304.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Programme description
In the MSc in wireless networks (networks stream)
you will study the architectures, applications, and
protocols for modern wireless networks, including
mobile networks, wireless LANS, WiMax, and ad
hoc networks. You will also become specialised in
network security and how to make these networks
secure for both users and operators, and the latest
concepts in mobile services, including personalised
location-based services.
At the end of the programme you will be equipped
with the skills needed for a wide range of jobs in the
expanding telecommunications industry, especially
those for network operators, service providers, and
content providers.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Either: Java Programming(1) or Advanced Software
Technologies(1) As determined by the Department
to suit the applicants academic and professional
profile. Digital Broadcasting(1) Internet
Infrastructure Security and Authentication
Semester 2
Satellite Communications Wireless Networks (1)
Mobile Services (1) Ad-hoc Broadband Wireless
May-September
Project
(1) = This module is taken in the first year of parttime by distance learning study.
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
309
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Fundamentals of DSP (1) Advanced Transform
Methods Digital Broadcasting Java Programming
(1)
Semester 2
Multimedia Systems (1) Speech and Music
Processing Video and Image Processing Machine
Learning (1)
May-September
Project
(1) = This module is taken in the first year
of part-time by distance learning study.
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
You should have a first or upper second class
degree in Electronic Engineering, Computer Science,
Mathematics, or a related discipline. You should
have Java programming experience from your
undergraduate degree. Applicants with unrelated
degrees will be considered if there is evidence of
significant industrial experience. Applicants with
lower second class degrees may be considered if
the undergraduate degree specialised in relevant
subjects. Applicants should also have completed
an undergraduate programme in at least one of
the following areas: Signal Processing, Control,
or Analogue Filters.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
310
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Entry requirements
Please see MSc Digital Signal Processing on page
309.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
311
312
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc Telecommunications
in the Business Environment
(Network Pathway)
One year full-time
Programme description
This programme prepares you for a career in
telecommunications and its applications, for example
the integration of voice and data applications, within
a business context. The programme combines indepth coverage of the main technical aspects of
telecommunications with advanced business
modules.
At the end of the programme you will be equipped
with the skills needed for a wide range of jobs in
the expanding telecommunications industry,
with emphasis on those that are relevant to
business/financial needs, particularly in the
small business and start-up sector.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programmme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Either Java Programming or Advanced Software
Technologies (1) As determined by the Department
to suit the applicants academic and professional
profile Digital Broadcasting Internet Infrastructure
Total Quality Management
Semester 2
Entrepreneurship Satellite Communications
Business Technology Strategy Wireless Networks
May-September
Project
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Network Pathway)
on page 304.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
MSc Telecommunications
in the Business Environment
(Internet Computing Pathway)
One year full-time
Programme description
This programme is aimed at graduates planning to
work at providing underlying Internet software and
infrastructure in a business context. You will develop
knowledge of Internet protocols and applications, an
understanding of the Internet can benefit business
and how the underlying infrastructure can enhance
or limit possibilities. The programme combines indepth coverage of the software technologies for the
Internet, as well as advanced business modules.
313
Semester 2
Business Technology Strategy Multimedia Systems
Entrepreneurship Internet Databases
May-September
Project
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunication (Internet Computing
Pathway) on page 305.
Semester 1
Advanced Software Technologies Network
Computing and Internet Technologies Internet
Infrastructure Total Quality Management
Further information
Rupal Vaja, Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
314
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc Telecommunications
in the Business Environment
(Applications Pathway)
One year full-time
Programme description
This programme is aimed at graduates with an
entrepreneurial approach, who see themselves
working in e-Commerce applications in small
businesses or start-up companies, where a
knowledge of both the applications software,
infrastructure and business issues is necessary.
The programme combines in-depth coverage of
the applications and software technologies for eCommerce as well as advanced business modules
relevant to the sector.
By the end of the programme, you should be able
to demonstrate that you can construct e-Commerce
applications that are relevant to business needs,
particularly those in the small business and start-up
sector.
Programme outline
There are no optional modules. Enrolment onto
a specific degree programme constitutes the
specialisation and module choice.
Semester 1
Advanced Software Technologies Network
Computing and Internet Technologies Internet
Infrastructure Total Quality Management
Semester 2
Intelligent Agents and Multi-Agent Systems
Entrepreneurship Protocols for the Electronic
Marketplace Business Technology Strategy
May-September
Project
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Internet Computing
Pathway) on page 305.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
MSc Telecommunications
with Law (Network Pathway)
Fifteen months full-time
Programme description
The Telecommunications with Law programme is a
joint collaboration between The School of Electronic
Engineering and Computer Science and the Centre
for Commercial Law Studies (CCLS). The programme
consists of eight taught modules; five of these are
technical and three are focused on legal issues. In
addition, students also undertake a compulsory law
orientation weekend and a preparatory law module
before starting the three legal modules.
This programme is aimed at graduates planning
to work in telecoms and telecommunications
applications, for example integration of voice and
data applications. This programme combines indepth coverage of the main technical aspects of
telecoms plus advanced law modules.
At the end of the programme you will be equipped
with the skills needed for a wide range of jobs in
the expanding telecoms industry, with particular
emphasis on those that also require knowledge of
the legal sector.
Programme outline
Our Telecommunications with Law programmes are
taken over 15 months. The first two semesters run
from September to April where you would study the
five technical modules of the programme and start
your project. The written examination for the
technical modules takes place in May and June of
each year. The three optional law modules begin
the following September and conclude in December,
with the examinations in January.
Semester 1
Either: Java Programming* or Advanced Software
Technologies* as determined by the Department
to suit the applicants academic and professional
profile. Digital Broadcasting Internet
Infrastructure Law Orientation Weekend
compulsory but not assessed as part of the degree
Semester 2
Satellite Communications Wireless Networks
In addition to the above modules, students will
be expected to undertake a short Law Preparatory
module. This will be compulsory but not assessed
as part of the degree
315
Semester 3
A choice of three Law modules* taught by the Centre
for Commercial Law Studies from the following list of
options: Computer Crime IT Outsourcing
Internet Content Regulation Intellectual Property
Foundation European Telecoms Law International
Telecoms Law Privacy and Data Protection Trade
Marks and Domain Names e-Commerce
*Subject to availability
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Networks Pathway)
on page 304.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
316
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc Telecommunications
with Law (Internet Computing
Pathway)
Fifteen months full-time
Programme description
The Telecommunications with Law programme is a
joint collaboration between Electronic Engineering
and the Centre for Commercial Law Studies (CCLS).
The programme consists of eight taught modules;
five of these are technical and three concentrate on
legal issues. In addition students also undertake a
compulsory law orientation weekend and a
preparatory law module, before starting the three
legal modules.
This programme is aimed at graduates planning to
work at providing underlying Internet software and
infrastructure. To do this requires knowledge of
Internet protocols and applications, an
understanding of how the Internet fits into, and
benefits, business and how the underlying
infrastructure can enhance or limit possibilities.
The programme combines in depth coverage of the
software technologies for the Internet plus advanced
law modules relevant to the commercial and IT
sector.
Programme outline
Our Telecommunications with Law programmes are
taken over 15 months. The first two semesters run
from September to April where you would study the
five technical modules of the programme and start
your project. The written examination for the
technical modules takes place in May and June of
each year. The three optional law modules begin
the following September and conclude in December,
with the examinations in January.
Semester 1
Advanced Software Technologies Network
Computing and Internet Technologies Internet
Infrastructure Law Orientation Weekend
compulsory but not assessed as part of the degree
Semester 2
Multimedia Systems Internet Databases
Semester 3
A choice of three Law modules* taught by the Centre
for Commercial Law Studies from the following list of
options:
Computer Crime IT Outsourcing Internet Content
Regulation Intellectual Property Foundation
European Telecoms Law International Telecoms
Law Privacy and Data Protection Trade Marks
and Domain Names e-Commerce
*Subject to availability
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Internet Computing
Pathway) on page 305.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
317
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in six of the eight modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory individual project should be completed.
MSc students who do not pass the written
examinations are only allowed to attempt the project
after passing resit examinations the following May.
Entry requirements
See MSc Telecommunications (Internet Computing
Pathway) on page 305.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
318
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Research
MSc by Research
Research degrees
Programme description
An MSc by Research will provide you with the
necessary skills to undertake research, either in an
academic or industrial environment. You will study
four taught modules and undertake a major research
project in conjunction with any of the research
groups in the Department; the expectation is that
every graduate from the degree publishes at least
one conference paper as part of the research.
Research groups
Applicants should specify in which of the following
they wish to do research:
Antenna and Electromagnetics
Centre for Digital Music (C4DM)
Multimedia and Vision (MMV)
Networks
Programme outline
Core taught module Research Methods
Module options
Any three modules, chosen with the approval of
your supervisor, from within the Advanced MSc
programme to fit your research area to provide
background skills and knowledge.
Assessment
All students are required to take written examinations
in May/June. To obtain an MSc, students must gain
passes in two of the four modules taken with an
overall average of 50 per cent.
In addition to the above, the MSc requires that a
satisfactory research project should be completed
and mark of 50 per cent or more attained.
Further information
Rupal Vaja
Postgraduate Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5225
email: [email protected]
Research areas
Antenna and Electromagnetics
Antenna research at Queen Mary was established
in 1968 and since then has built an international
reputation for its research in the areas of microwave
antennas and electromagnetic analysis.
Comprehensive experimental facilities are housed
in the Antenna Measurement Laboratory, which
has recently received 1.4 million in infrastructure
investment. The group has strong links with industry
ranging from providing MSc summer project
placements, through providing PhD studentships, to
collaborative research contracts. The group has been
awarded a prestigious EPSRC platform grant valued
at 1.2 million to fund post-doctoral researchers as
well as in-reach and out-reach activities with other
world-leading antenna laboratories.
Our research on antennas for mobile
communications includes multi-band handset
antennas, multiple antennas for multiple input
multiple output (MIMO) applications, semi-smart
base station antennas and antennas and radio
propagation for wireless wearable computers. In the
area of theory and application of metamaterials we
study computational electromagnetic models for lefthanded materials, the design and applications of
EBG structures and left-handed materials in
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
319
320
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
(cont)
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
321
322
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.elec.qmul.ac.uk/department/staff
Networks
John Bigham BSc MSc PhD(Edin)
Reader in Electronic Engineering
Wireless networks, security and artificial intelligence
Eliane Bodanese BScEng MSc PhD MIET(Lond)
Lecturer
Multi-agent systems, particularly applied to
communication networks and the quality of service
mechanisms for wireless networks
Laurie Cuthbert BSc(Eng) PhD CEng FIET MIEEE(Lond)
Professor of Electronic Engineering
Wireless networks beyond 3G, intelligent control of
networks, radio resource management and quality
of service
Paula Fonseca BSc PhD MIET(Lond)
Teaching Fellow
Before joining the Department, worked for Telecoms
companies implementing features for network
switches, and modelling the control of IP DiffServ
Electronic Engineering
Queen Mary, University of London
323
Engineering
and Materials
Science
325
Research strengths
326
Scholarships / studentships
Research Council Studentships (Home and EU
students only)
These are the primary source of funding for Home
and EU students and cover tuition fees and
maintenance. The studentships are normally only
available for candidates who have obtained a first
degree of good honours standard.
Scholarship information changes every year.
Please contact the Research Administrator for
current opportunities. See below for contact details.
Further information
For all MPhil/PhD admissions enquiries
Research Administrator
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8730
email: [email protected]
For all MSc admissions enquiries
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Science and Engineering Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel. +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
327
328
Degree programmes
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree (minimum second class
honours or equivalent) in Aerospace or Mechanical
Engineering or a related discipline. Each application
is individually assessed; you are recommended to
write for guidance in specific cases. For international
students, please refer to the international students
section from page 386 to page 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
329
330
Degree programmes
(cont)
331
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree with a minimum second class
honours (or equivalent) in an engineering related
subject. Each application is individually assessed;
you are recommended to write for guidance in
specific cases. For international students, please
refer to the international students section from page
386 to page 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
Osnat Hakimi,
PhD
in Tissue
Engineering
I chose Queen
Mary as
I was excited
by the idea of
studying in a
multi-disciplinary
environment
where engineers,
chemists and
biologists
collaborate and
work together.
My project combines cell biology with material
science. I am looking at the physical properties of
silk, which is a very tough natural material, and at
the interaction of cells with the silk.
The programme is very interesting and also
a challenge: as a PhD student I get a lot of
responsibility, and can actively influence the
direction of my project. Also, the informal, friendly
atmosphere in the College is very stimulating, as
you are constantly encouraged to share ideas and
exchange knowledge.
The laboratories I work in (medical engineering)
are well equipped and excellently run. I also like
the layout of the campus, as the library, lecture
halls and offices are all within easy reach.
Hoxton, Spitalfields, and Brick Lane are a stones
throw away, so you really get London at its best:
the coolest bars, the liveliest clubs, the craziest
art galleries, and most important the best curries
in town!
332
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc in Sustainable
Energy Systems
One year full-time
Programme description
The MSc in Sustainable Energy Systems is an
interdisciplinary degree addressing the scientific,
engineering and technical aspects of global concerns
about the availability of energy sources, sustainability
of these sources through exploitation of new
technologies or preservation of existing sources, and
environmental concerns. The impetus to specialise in
this area stems from the large projected increases in
global population and energy demand and is
underscored by the need for new workable global
supplies of affordable sustainable energy. These
concerns elevate this energy need as perhaps the
greatest single challenge facing the world in the
Twenty-First Century. The current acute nature of the
challenge results from the confluence of concerns
about energy supply and demand, security, and the
effects of energy production and use on the
environment. As a result there is an increasing
demand for postgraduates specialising in this field.
This programme will provide you with unique
expertise in the fundamentals of energy and the
environment. Specialist modules provide knowledge
and understanding of existing technologies as well
as the ability to contribute to the design and
development of new technologies and devices in this
field, to develop new technologies to extract energy
from diverse energy sources and to use existing and
design new energy conversion devices as necessary.
Programme outline
The programme includes two to four core modules,
four to six module options and a research project.
Core modules:
Advanced Environmental Engineering Research
Methods and Experimental Techniques Engineering
Thermodynamics (depending on background)
Mathematical Methods (depending on background)
Research Project (four modules)
Module options may include:
Renewable Energy Engineering Renewable Energy
Materials Sustainable Energy Economics
Advanced Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer
Combustion Concepts and Modelling Advanced
Propulsion Piston Engines and Analysis
Advanced CFD Advanced Aerodynamics
Assessment
The methods of assessment include coursework
and formal examinations. Many modules will include
continuous assessment and some or all of the work
during the module will count towards the final mark.
The Research Project will be conducted under close
supervision during the summer term and is
evaluated by thesis, presentation and viva
examination.
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree (minimum second class
honours or equivalent) in engineering, physical
sciences, mathematics or equivalent. Each
application is individually assessed; you are
recommended to write for guidance in specific
cases. For international students please refer to the
international students section from page 386 to page
391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
333
Assessment
The methods of assessment include coursework
and formal examinations. Many modules will include
continuous assessment and some or all of the work
during the module will count towards the final mark.
The Research Project will be conducted under close
supervision during the summer term and is
evaluated by thesis, presentation and viva
examination.
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree (minimum second class
honours or equivalent) in physics or an engineering
discipline, other qualifications with relevant work
experience may be accepted. For international
students, please refer to the international students
section from page 386 to page 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
334
Degree programmes
(cont)
Programme outline
The programme includes four core modules,
one module option and a research project.
Core modules:
Research Methods Materials Selection and Design
Operational and Financial Management Research
Project
Module options may include:
Manufacturing Processes Advanced Ceramics
Advanced Topics in Biomaterials Thermodynamics
and Kinetics of Phase Transformations Composites
Environmental Properties of Materials
Nanotechnology and Advanced Functional Materials
Assessment
The methods of assessment include coursework
and formal examinations. Many modules will include
continuous assessment and some or all of the work
during the module will count towards the final mark.
The MSc Research Project will be conducted under
close supervision throughout the academic year, and
is evaluated by thesis, presentation and viva
examination at the end of the summer term.
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree (minimum second class
honours or equivalent) in Materials Science,
Engineering or a related discipline. For international
students, please refer to the international students
section from page 386 to page 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
335
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree (minimum second class
honours or equivalent) in Materials Science or a
related discipline.
For international students, please refer to the
international students section from page 386
to page 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
336
Degree programmes
(cont)
MSc in Biomaterials
One year full-time
Programme description
Biomaterials save lives, relieves suffering and
improve the quality of life for a large number of
patients every year. Technology Foresight, UK
People are living longer and expect to be more
mobile and active after injury or as they get older,
therefore the demands for biomaterials and devices
are increasing. Biomaterials combine engineering
expertise with medical needs for the enhancement
of healthcare. Biomaterials are either modified
natural or synthetic materials which find application
in a spectrum of medical implants for the repair,
augmentation and replacement of body tissues.
Queen Mary University of London has been a
pioneer and led the field in teaching and research
of Biomaterials for over 28 years. In the early 1980s
we were the first UK department to teach
Biomaterials modules and in 1991 the first to offer
an undergraduate degree in the subject. This MSc
programme will provide students with the knowledge
in the field of biomaterials necessary to participate in
biomaterials research or product development.
The MSc in Biomaterials has been designed for
those with conventional materials expertise, or with
expertise in engineering or medically related
disciplines, who wish to facilitate their development
into the biomaterials field. It provides an advanced
level of understanding and appreciation of the
principles and applications of biomaterials and
their functional properties. You will learn about
the function and application of biomaterials, their
characteristics and their surface, physical and
mechanical properties. You will study materials- and
medicine-based modules, as well as those written
specifically for the biomaterials programme. There
are significant research elements in this programme
including a research project based on the research
interests of academic staff working in the field of
biomaterials.
Programme outline
Core modules:
Materials Research Techniques (two modules)
Biomaterials and Biomechanics Application of
Biomaterials Materials Selection and Design
Advanced Topics in Biomaterials Research Project
(four modules)
Module options may include:
Advanced Ceramics Materials and the Environment
Composites Rheology and Structural Properties
of Advanced Materials Nanotechnology and
Advanced Functional Materials Dental Materials
Assessment
Methods of assessment include coursework and
formal examinations. Many modules will include
continuous assessment. The MSc Research Project
will be conducted under close supervision during
the summer term and is evaluated by thesis,
presentation and viva examination.
Entry requirements
Undergraduate degree (minimum second class
honours or equivalent) in Materials Science,
Engineering or a related discipline. For international
students, please refer to the international students
section from page 386 to page 391.
Further information
Please contact:
Postgraduate Admissions Coordinator
School of Engineering and Materials Science
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8735
email: [email protected]
337
338
Research
Research degrees
Research areas
Computational Solids
Research in this area is further subdivided into two
main themes: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
and Computational Mechanics. Research covers the
broad area of development of computational
mechanics methods, techniques and solutions and
application of these to problems in aeronautical,
mechanical and medical engineering sectors.
Computational Solids
Experimental and Computational Fluids
Energy Systems and Environment
Functional Materials and Devices
Medical Engineering and Biomaterials
Nanomaterials and Nanomechanics
Graduate profile:
Zeeshan Sheikh
Studied: MSc in Dental Materials graduated 2007
Currently: Assistant Professor in the department
of dental materials and pre-clinicals at Altamash
Institute. I am also working as an associate dental
surgeon at the Altamash Dental Hospital.
Why did you choose Queen Mary for your postgraduate
study?
The excellent research facilities along with an
exceptional faculty were the major motivation for
me wanting to secure an admission at Queen Mary,
University of London.
What did you gain from your time at Queen Mary?
The MSc gave me the opportunity to learn some
critical research skills which are helping me greatly
in my professional life.
What are your career plans in the next five years?
My ultimate aim would be to amalgamate clinical
and biomaterial research in Pakistan.
339
340
Research
(cont)
A researcher working on the new duel beam scanning electron microscope at the Nanovision Centre
341
A very distinctive new area of research is nanoencapsulation. It is anticipated that this work will
inform the development of devices such as
controlled drug delivery of biological or other agents.
Queen Marys significant expertise in
nanomechanical testing and manipulation using
indentation and scanning probe techniques has
been reinforced by our state-of-the-art NanoVision
Centre. We have established a leading position on
the assessment of mechanical and
electromechanical properties of nanocrystalline
materials, as well as complex composites, ranging
from synthetic composites to biological composites
such as bone and teeth.
342
Engineering
Matthew Alexander BSc(Portsmouth) PhD(Manc)
Lecturer in Energy Engineering
Electrospray atomization, microfluidics, microencapsulation and electrostatic deposition of
functional materials onto surfaces
Professor Theodosios Alexander (a.k.a Professor
Theodosios Korakianitis) BSc(Newcastle) SM SM
SM(MIT) ScD(MIT)
Professor of Energy Engineering
Energy engineering, turbomachines, piston engines,
airfoil and blade design, cardiovascular system,
cardiac assist/prosthetic devices
Eldad Avital BSc(IITHafia) MSc(Tel Aviv) PhD(Lond)
SMAIAA
Reader in Computational Fluids and Acoustics
Fluid mechanics, computational aero-acoustics,
aerodynamics, flow control, simulations,
hydrodynamics, water wakes
Professor Dan Bader BSc MSc PhD(Lond) DSc MIPEM
Professor of Medical Engineering
Cell and soft tissue mechanics, aetiology of pressure
ulcers, multiscale mechanobiology for tissue
Engineering
Adrian Briggs BSc(Eng) PhD(Lond)
Reader in Mechanical Engineering
Enhanced heat transfer, Two-phase flow,
condensation
Tina Chowdhury BSc MSc PhD(Lond)
Academic Fellow
Bioreactors, mechanotransduction, inflammation,
osteoarthritis
Professor Roy Crookes BSc PhD(Leeds) CEng FEI
Professor of Combustion Engineering
Combustion in engines, renewable fuels performance
and emissions, diesel particulate formation,
sustainable transport fuels
Peter Dabnichki BSc MSc(Sofia) PhD(BAS)
Senior Lecturer in Medical Engineering
Biomechanics, mathematical and computer
modelling, medical systems, biological systems,
intelligent systems
Graham Dorrington BSc(Soton) PhD(Cantab)
Lecturer in Aerospace Design
Airships, fixed wing aircraft, reusable launch
vehicles, flow control, aerodynamics, dendronautics
343
344
(cont)
www.sems.qmul.ac.uk/staff/
Materials
Asa H Barber BSc MSc PhD(Lond) DIC
Lecturer
Nanomechanics of synthetic and biological
composites, polymer surfaces and interfaces,
electron and scanning probe microscopy
John Behiri BSc PhD(Lond)
Senior Lecturer
Structure and mechanical properties of bone,
bone cements
James Busfield MA PhD(Lond) MIMMM CEng
Senior Lecturer
Strength, fatigue, dynamic, frictional and abrasion
properties of rubbers, nanostructured fillers, smart
elastomers
Andy Bushby BSc PhD(Lond)
Reader
Nanomechanics, electromicroscopy
Professor Joost de Bruijn BSc PhD(Leiden)
Professor of Biomaterials
Bone replacement, stem cells, tissue engineering,
regenerative medicine, calcium phosphates,
osteoinduction, bioreactors
Dr Himadri Gupta MSc PhD
Lecturer in Biomaterials
Mechanical characterisation combined with
synchrotron small angle X-ray diffraction, Microstrain
mapping, structure/function relations at the
nanoscale in biological composites, synchrotron
scanning microbeam scattering and diffraction
Steffi Krause Dr rer nat (Humboldt University Berlin)
Senior Lecturer
Electrochemistry, impedance imaging by
photocurrent measurements at field-effect
capacitors, field-effect gas sensors, biosensors,
enzyme detection, quartz crystal microbalance
Professor Ton Peijs BSc PhD(Eindhoven)
Professor of Materials
Composite materials, nanocomposites,
high-performance fibres, biobased materials
Stuart Peters BA MSc PhD(Brunel)
Lecturer
Systems of Innovation, long run evolution of
technologies, flat panel displays
Professor Asim Ray PhD DSc FInstP FIEE SMIEEE
Professor
Thin film technologies for the formation of
nanostructures, organic electronics, optoelectronics
for chemical and biosensors and sensor arrays,
oxide electronics
345
Reader in Mechanobiology
I have always been interested in medical
engineering and the idea of designing products
that can be used within the medical field to
improve people lives, whether this is implantable
devices, diagnostic systems or rehabilitation
equipment. In addition I have a passion for
research. In my case, I am interested in how
living tissues and cells respond to mechanical
forces. In particular I am focused on articular
cartilage, the specialised tissue that covers the
ends of bones within synovial joints such as the
hip and knee.
Mathematical
Sciences
MSc in Mathematics
MSc and Diploma in Astrophysics
Postgraduate Certificate in Astronomy
and Astrophysics
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
347
Research strengths
We have over 40 students currently studying for
PhDs. The disciplines covered include
combinatorics, group theory, computational group
theory, representation theory, analysis, complex
iteration, dynamical systems, statistical mechanics,
design of experiments, Bayesian statistics and
biostatistics, combinatorial and statistical design
theory, relativity, cosmology and the early universe,
solar and space physics, solar system dynamics, the
formation of extrasolar planetary systems, and survey
astronomy. An interdepartmental consortium,
EPSTAR, fosters collaborations across Experimental
Particle Physics, String Theory, and Astronomy
Research.
348
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
Scholarships / studentships
The School is normally able to offer about ten fullyfunded research studentships to MPhil/PhD
applicants each year. Six of these (three for
Mathematics or Statistics and three for Astronomy)
are funded by UK Research Councils (EPSRC and
STFC) and are restricted to UK or EU citizens. The
remaining four are funded by Queen Mary: these
are available for Mathematics, Statistics or
Astronomy and have no nationality restrictions.
Further studentships are offered from time to time,
supported by various funding agencies (eg CASE
studentships, Research Council Project
Studentships, and studentships supported by
charitable foundations). All graduate students are
offered the possibility of earning extra income from
marking undergraduate work and/or teaching
undergraduate exercise classes within the School.
If you are interested in applying for support you
should contact the Postgraduate Admissions Tutor
for Mathematics, Statistics, or Astronomy through
the Postgraduate Administrative Assistant.
Further information
Postgraduate Administrative Assistant
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5454
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Science and Engineering Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
349
Graduate profile:
Cheng Yeaw Ku
350
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
MSc in Mathematics
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
The MSc in Mathematics gives an in-depth training
in advanced mathematics to students who have
already obtained a first degree with substantial
mathematical content. Students successfully
completing the MSc will acquire specialist knowledge
in their chosen areas of mathematics, and the MSc
is an excellent preparation for those who are
considering pursuing research in mathematics.
The main areas of mathematics that may be pursued
within this MSc are pure mathematics (especially
algebra and combinatorics), dynamical systems,
probability and statistics, and astronomy. The MSc
programme is very flexible, and in consultation with
your adviser you may choose modules in different
areas or specialise in one.
Programme outline
You will normally take eight modules in total, with
one module typically comprising 24 hours of lectures
and 12 hours of tutorials given during a twelve-week
semester. In addition to the MSc modules offered at
Queen Mary, you can also choose from an extremely
wide range of advanced mathematics modules
offered at other Colleges of the University of London.
During the summer period, supervised by an
academic member of staff, you are required to
complete a dissertation, working largely
independently in an advanced topic in mathematics.
For details of modules typically offered, see
www.maths.qmul.ac.uk/postgraduate/msc/
modules.shtml
Assessment
Examinations are held between May and early June
on the modules taken. Dissertations are evaluated in
September. Successful completion of the MSc
programme will result in the award of the degree of
MSc in Mathematics (possibly with Merit or with
Distinction).
Entry requirements
The normal entry requirement for the MSc in
Mathematics is the equivalent of a British first or
good upper second class honours degree in
mathematics, or in mathematics with another
subject, such as statistics, philosophy, physics or
computing. In addition, the undergraduate modules
you have taken must provide sufficient background
to enable you to take an appropriate selection of our
MSc modules.
For international students, please refer to the
International students section from page 386 to
page 391.
A limited number of 1,000 scholarships will
be available for highly qualified self-funded MSc
applicants. No further application is required for
these scholarships.
Further information
For general enquiries, please contact:
Postgraduate Administrative Assistant
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5454
email: [email protected]
For academic enquiries, please contact:
Professor Leonard Soicher
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5463
email: [email protected]
www.maths.qmul.ac.uk/postgraduate/msc
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
Programme description
Recent observational and theoretical advances have
led to significant leaps in our understanding of the
universe and its constituents. These programmes are
unique in the UK in the scope of material covered.
They offer the opportunity for students with a variety
of backgrounds and interests to study a broad range
of advanced topics in modern astrophysics. You will
have the opportunity to learn about these recent
fascinating discoveries, while being taught by
researchers in the Astronomy Unit who are leaders
in their fields.
351
Further information
Postgraduate Administrative Assistant
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5454
email: [email protected]
For academic enquiries, please contact:
Dr James Cho
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5498
email: [email protected]
Sally Gatward,
PhD focusing on Lambda-trees and Braid Groups
Queen Mary offered me funding to continue my
research, and it was a fantastic opportunity.
There are many good lectures that
I can go to, without having to worry about exams,
on subjects in my area, and there are weekly
algebra and pure maths seminars. I find this a
sociable and friendly place to work. I especially
enjoy working in Room 201 in the Maths
Department, my office. I share it with about ten
other postgraduates, all working in my area, and
we all get a desk and a computer each. It is big
and has big windows, south facing. I find the
atmosphere in there sociable and work friendly.
I joined the womens football club and the music
society, which has both a choir and an orchestra.
All three clubs have been very friendly and I have
made good friends there.
352
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
(cont)
Postgraduate Certificate in
Astronomy and Astrophysics
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
353
Research
Research degrees
Research areas
Algebra
Research work centres on group theory, especially
linear groups and algebraic groups, topological and
combinatorial aspects of group theory, finite pgroups, computational group theory, and
representation theory.
Analysis
Research work centres on harmonic and functional
analysis, especially harmonic analysis on groups,
operator algebras, infinite dimensional manifolds
and holomorphy.
Combinatorics
A very active group that works both on topics within
combinatorics (especially finite geometry and design
theory) and on links with algebra (permutation
groups), logic (model theory), information and coding
theory, and design of experiments.
Number Theory and Topology
There are several overlapping areas of activity within
the Mathematics Research Centre, for example
topology and number theory are not only researched
independently, but they are also used as research
tools in group theory and dynamical systems.
Dynamical Systems
Areas of current research interest are: dynamics on
discrete phase space, bifurcation theory, complex
maps, ergodic theory, control systems, spatiotemporal chaos, applications of chaotic systems to
packet traffic, thermodynamic formalism, algebraic
dynamics, number theory and functional equations.
Statistical Mechanics
Research interests of this group include generalised
statistical mechanics methods applied to a variety of
complex systems (hydrodynamic turbulence,
econophysics, traffic flow, biological and medical
applications). The group uses tools from large
deviation theory, nonequilibrium statistical
mechanics and the theory of stochastic processes.
Relativity and Computation
The Relativity group is a collaboration between the
Mathematics Research Centre and the Astronomy
Unit. Research interests include: exact solutions of
Einsteins equations and applications of algebraic
computing, topological questions, alternative theories
of gravity, black holes, and gravitational radiation.
Within the Astronomy Unit there is research in
cosmology, alternative theories of gravity, and
experimental tests.
354
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
(cont)
Probability
The group concentrates on probabilistic problems
arising on the interface between Probability and
Physics and Probability and Combinatorics. The
main research topics are random matrix theory,
differential and difference equations with random
coefficients, in particular, random Schroedinger
operators, Lyapunov exponents, Poisson
approximations, and random combinatorial objects.
Statistics
The Statistics group works on the design of
experiments, on Bayesian statistics, and on
sequential analysis. In the design of experiments
there is particular emphasis on applications in the
pharmaceutical industry agriculture, the food
industry and chemistry, but the underlying algebraic
theory and combinatorial structure are also explored.
Astronomy Unit
Cosmology
The aim of cosmology is to unravel the mysteries
of the universe as a whole. It addresses such
fundamental questions as: why does the universe
have its observed structure; how did it develop into
its current form; what will happen to it in the future?
Specific interests include the origin of the universe,
inflationary and superstring cosmology, primordial
black holes, the cosmic microwave background,
inhomogeneous cosmology, the formation and
Gravitation
Work within the group covers theory, data analysis
and experiments. Research areas include space
experiments on gravitation, gravitational waves,
theories of gravity and tests, relativistic astrophysics,
black holes.
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
355
Survey Astronomy
Surveys involve both statistical studies of large
numbers of objects for astrophysical studies, and
samples of rare objects whose properties can be
studied in greater detail. They are relevant to the
solar system, stars, the interstellar medium, the
structure and evolution of our own and other
galaxies, large-scale cosmological structure, dark
matter and dark energy. Our research programmes
use multi-wavelength wide-field imaging surveys
at infrared and optical wavelengths. There is a
strong involvement in VISTA and various
spectroscopic surveys.
356
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
357
358
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.maths.qmul.ac.uk/personnel/academicstaff
Professor of Mathematics
A recent project I was involved with arose out of
the theory of automata, but can be described like
this. You are in a dungeon consisting of a number
of caves; each cave has three doors (red, green
and blue), opening into passages going to other
caves. There is one further door in each cave; from
one cave it leads to freedom, from the others to
instant death. You have a map of the dungeon,
but don't know where you are. What do you do?
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
359
360
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
www.maths.qmul.ac.uk/personnel/academicstaff
Astronomy Unit
Craig Agnor BSc(Denison) PhD(Colorado)
Lecturer in Astronomy
Solar system origins, celestial dynamics, giant
impacts: The origin and evolution of planetary and
satellite systems, dynamical studies of planetary
accumulation and orbital migration, numerical
models of giant impacts between planets
David Burgess BA(Oxon) PhD(Lond)
Reader in Mathematics and Astronomy
Space plasma physics and computational
astrophysics: Connections between the Sun, the
Earths magnetosphere and the interstellar medium,
computational models of the solar wind,
development of parallel simulations using large
clusters of computers
Professor Bernard Carr BA PhD(Cantab) FRAS
Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy
Cosmology and Relativistic Astrophysics: The early
universe, primordial black holes, Population III stars,
dark matter, cosmological solutions of Einsteins
equations and the anthropic principle
James Cho BS MS MPhil PhD(Columbia)
Lecturer in Astrophysics and Planetary Science
Astrophysics and Planetary Science, Fluids,
Applied Mathematics: Mechanisms that transport
momentum, heat, and tracers in or on planets and
discs, the atmospheric dynamics and climate of
solar and extrasolar system planets
J Richard Donnison BSc(Surrey) MSc(Lond) PhD(Lond)
FRAS
Senior Lecturer in Astronomy
Dynamics and planetary sciences: Dynamics of
N-body systems related to the orbits of planets,
asteroids, trans-Neptunian bodies and comets,
statistics of various distributions of bodies in
the solar system
Professor Jim Emerson MA(Cantab) PhD(Lond) MInstP
CPhys FRAS
Professor of Astrophysics
Survey Astronomy: Infrared surveys for exploration
of galactic structure and its evolution, large scale
structure, brown dwarfs and high red shift quasars,
dark energy/matter studies. Leader of VISTA
telescope project at ESO in Chile
Professor James Lidsey BSc(Birmingham) PhD(Lond)
Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy
Cosmology and the early universe: The inflationary
scenario, primordial gravitational waves, primordial
black holes, higher dimensional theories, the
formation of large scale structure in the universe,
superstrings and M-theory
Mathematical Sciences
Queen Mary, University of London
361
Physics
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
363
Department of Physics
www.ph.qmul.ac.uk
The Physics Department has an international
reputation for its research. You will be able to pursue
your own research interests, in a wide range of areas
ranging such as experimental particle physics,
nanotechnology, organic electronics, quantum
computing, string, superstrings and M-theory.
The 27 teaching staff in the Physics Department
take particular pride in providing a first-class
education for our students and performing cuttingedge research, providing a stimulating and
supportive environment.
Research strengths
Early studies in radioactivity were made at Queen Mary
by Marsden in collaboration with Rutherford, research
which eventually led to Rutherfords discovery of the
atomic nucleus. More recently, the Department of
Physics was involved in the Nobel Prize winning
discovery of the W and Z elementary particles, in
developing Superstring Theory, probing the cosmic
background radiation and in mapping the infrared
skies from satellites and telescopes. Other research
areas in the Department are: nanotechnology and the
study of the electronic properties of molecular films
and structures; the use of high-pressure techniques
to study the structure of materials and to design new
materials.
Experimental particle physics research is carried out
within the Particle Physics Research Centre (PPRC)
and research in string theory in the Centre for
Research in String Theory (CRST). Together with the
Astronomy Unit, from the School of Mathematical
Sciences, these Centres form the Experimental
Particle, String Theory and Astronomy Research
(EPSTAR) Consortium. Molecular and Materials
Physics is carried out by the Molecular and Materials
Physics Group which is part of the Centre for Materials
Research.
Our breadth of research is made possible by the
excellent interaction between different research groups,
who share their enthusiasm and findings via regular
seminars and a wealth of specialised discussion
groups. The department also regularly hosts national
and international meetings. PhD students are integral
members of their research groups and present their
work at international conferences.
Many leading academic visitors spend time working
with these groups, frequently funded by the various
research councils. In addition, between four and
seven permanent academic staff normally hold
personal fellowships at any one time. Staff lead and
participate in international collaborations. Finally,
Queen Mary is a contractor in a multinational Marie
Curie Research Training Network in string theory.
364
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
Department of Physics
www.ph.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate resources
Our groundbreaking research is supported by an
extensive infrastructure. You will be able to use
some excellent IT equipment to do your research.
Moreover, excellent clean rooms are provided for
molecular electronics and particle physics detector
development. Research groups have a range of
lithographic facilities, including e-beam for nanolithography, various atomic force microscopes and
extensive organic-film deposition equipment. There
are also laboratories for optical spectroscopy
including tunable nanosecond-pulsed lasers, and
various materials and semiconductor characterisation
equipment. Comprehensive computing facilities are
connected by a fast LAN to central College
computers and from there to JANET and other
WANs.
Scholarships / studentships
The department is offering up to eight PhD threefour year PhD studentships, including fees and a
maintenance grant of 14,940 a year, to start in
October 2009. The positions are available in the
areas of experimental particle physics, string
theory and molecular and materials physics. The
department also has access to studentships through
the SEPNET collaboration and through an EPSRC
Doctoral Training Centre in Plastic Electronics in
collaboration with Imperial College.
In addition to the above studentships, we also offer a
number of four-year teaching studentships that cover
fees as well as a standard STFC-level Londonweighted living stipend (approximately 14,940 per
annum). Successful candidates will be required to
undertake 400 hours of teaching during the
academic year, spread over two 12-week semesters.
Teaching duties will include marking coursework,
conducting tutorials and supervising laboratories.
Students who submit their thesis within three years
may, if they wish, terminate their studentship in less
than the full four-year period.
Further information
Dr William Gillin
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5524
email: [email protected]
General postgraduate information
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 7952/7840
email: [email protected]
International students
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Science and Engineering Graduate School
The Graduate Admissions Office
Queen Mary, University of London
London E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
365
Department of Physics
Career opportunities
Degree programmes
366
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
Research
Research degrees
Research areas
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
367
Theoretical Physics
Research in this group is focusing on string theory.
String theory is currently our best candidate for
a theory which unifies gravity with the other
fundamental forces (the strong nuclear, the weak
nuclear and the electromagnetic forces) it is a
proposed Theory of Everything. String theory was
discovered in the 1960s by nuclear theorists. The
birth of string theory as a possible Theory of
Everything came when it was suggested that string
theory was not a theory of hadrons and mesons, but
was a fundamental theory, with the massless spin
two particle identified as the graviton the
conjectured carrier of the gravitational force.
The first string revolution occurred in the early
1980s, when researchers at Queen Mary and Cal
Tech discovered superstrings. Soon after, new
heterotic strings were found, leading to a total of
five superstring theories, labelled I, IIA, IIB, HE, HO.
A second string revolution occurred around 1995
in work at Queen Mary, Cambridge and Princeton.
Duality symmetries between different string
theories were found, which led to the proposal that
the five known theories are different realisations of
one underlying fundamental theory, called M
theory, whose low energy limit is eleven-dimensional
supergravity. Furthermore, the fundamental objects
in string theory and M theory were found to include
higher dimensional surfaces called branes as well
as strings.
A new paradigm of gauge-string duality emerged in
the late-nineties, where gravity, strings and branes
emerge from gauge theory at large N. The twistor
string-gauge theory duality found in Princeton in
December 2003 and developed further at Queen
Mary, has lead to dramatic progress in practical
calculations of scattering amplitudes. This is relevant
to forthcoming experiments at the LHC at CERN in
Geneva from 2009 as well as giving new insights into
the structure of gauge theory. Other areas of active
research in current string theory include the study of
time-dependent and cosmologically relevant aspects
of brane dynamics, multi-matrix models and Brauer
algebras in connection with emergent D-branes from
gauge theory, integrability and new geometries in
string theory. Queen Mary researchers play leading
roles and are involved actively in many of these new
areas of research.
368
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
Physics
Queen Mary, University of London
369
Statistics
MSc in Finance and Econometrics
Research degrees (MPhil/PhD)
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
371
Research strengths
The cross-faculty Centre for Statistics was created
in 2005 to bring together all statisticians at Queen
Mary for the first time. The breadth of importance of
statistics is illustrated by the fact that research takes
place in several departments and across all three
sectors, Science and Engineering, Medicine and
Dentistry and Humanities and Social Sciences. As
a PhD student working on a statistical project in
any department of the College you will automatically
become a member of the Centre for Statistics, and
will be encouraged to take part in its activities.
Queen Mary has an international reputation for
research in statistical methodology, medical statistics,
econometrics and other areas of applied statistics.
The design of experiments group is internationally
known as being a unique centre of excellence in the
theory and application of planning experiments and
analysing the resulting data. This is closely related to
research in clinical trials, which is a major strength
of the medical statistics group, along with
epidemiological methods. Econometric time series
methods form an important part of research in
economics. The Centre is also well-known for its
work in Bayesian statistics, covering both
methodology and decision support software.
372
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
Scholarships / studentships
Further information
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
373
Graduate profile:
Sandra Eldridge
374
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
Degree programmes
MSc in Finance
and Econometrics
One year full-time, two years part-time
Programme description
This programme provides advanced study in finance
and econometrics. The programme provides training
for those who wish to specialise as financial
economists and econometricians in the private sector
or government, or who wish to follow an academic
career. The programme has a research dissertation
component and has recognition as a Research
Training degree by the ESRC under their 1+3
scheme.
Those registering for the MSc in Finance and
Econometrics take three core modules in the first
semester and two core modules in the second
semester. Thereafter you may choose the mix of
modules making up your degree according to the
options below. MSc Finance and Economics students
are also required to take pre-sessional modules in
Mathematics and Statistics, designed as refresher
courses so that their background knowledge is at the
level of required for postgraduate study in Finance
and Econometrics.
Programme outline
Presessional modules
Mathematics Statistics
Core modules
Quantitative Asset Pricing Time Series Analysis
Financial Econometrics Econometrics A
Econometrics B.
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
375
Research
Research degrees
We welcome postgraduate students and visiting
research fellows who wish to undertake research
in our areas of interest (see below). You will be
registered for a University of London degree
(MPhil/PhD) and work under the supervision
of members of academic staff. You may receive
financial support (research studentships) offered by
the research councils (including CASE studentships
in collaboration with an industrial sponsor). A limited
number of College studentships are also available.
For further information on MPhil/PhD degrees,
see page 16.
Entry requirements
Students with upper second class (or better)
BSc honours degrees or equivalent are eligible
to apply for admission to research degrees.
For international students, please refer to the
International students section starting on page 386.
Research areas
Research interests can be broadly grouped into
five overlapping areas:
Bayesian Statistics
The Bayesian approach to statistics has long been
considered theoretically sound and has more
recently made great inroads into practice. Current
interests include systems risk and software project
risk assessment, operational risk in finance, decision
analysis with Bayesian networks, outliers and
diagnostics for model choice, degradation models
and inference for stochastic processes, with
applications in medicine and engineering.
Design of Experiments
Planning investigations so that they will produce
useful data is at least as important as analysing the
data which are collected. Research interests in this
area include: experiments with multiple phases (eg
a field phase followed by a laboratory phase), doseescalation designs in clinical trials, experiments in
genomics and proteomics, industrial experiments
with hard-to-set factors, design of measurement
schedules for communication networks, experiments
in enzyme kinetics and pharmacokinetics, discrete
choice experiments in market research, design for
generalised linear mixed models and computer
experiments.
376
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
Bayesian Statistics
Design of Experiments
and Surveys
Professor RA Bailey MA DPhil(Oxon)
Professor of Statistics
Design of experiments with complex unit structures,
randomization, Latin squares
Statistics
Queen Mary, University of London
Medical Statistics
Professor Peter Congdon BSc MSc PhD(Lond)
Research Professor of Quantitative Health Geography
Quantitative and modelling applications and has wide
experience of research in spatial epidemiology,
health service research, regional demography
Professor Jack Cuzick BSc(Claremont, California)
MSc(Lond) PhD(Claremont, California)
John Snow Professor of Epidemiology,
Head of Cancer Research UK Centre for
Epidemiology, Mathematics and Statistics
Cancer prevention and screening with special
attention to breast, cervix, colon and prostate cancer,
statistical methodology
377
Statistical Inference
Steve Coad BSc(CNAA) MSc DPhil(Oxon)
Reader in Statistics
Sequential analysis, asymptotic approximations,
medical applications and multivariate analysis
Essential
information
380
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
How to apply
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
381
Taught programmes
Full-time 4,200
Part-time 2,100
Living costs
The cost of living in London depends on your
lifestyle. Typically, however, postgraduates need at
least 9,600 to cover food, accommodation, travel,
books and so on for a full year (52 weeks), plus
adequate funds to maintain any dependants. Under
UK Border Agency rules, international students are
expected to have 535 a month for each dependant,
in addition to the 800 a month for themselves.
Please note that while the College will offer advice to
students who encounter financial difficulties, it is not
able to fund postgraduate students who have started
a programme without adequate or reliable funding.
Although hardship funds may be available, payments
are small and cannot cover fees or compensate for
not having adequate funding in place.
There are no mandatory awards for postgraduate
study, and alternative funding sources are limited.
382
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
Research students
Possible funding sources to consider include:
Queen Mary, University of London Research
Studentships
Research Council Studentships
Career Development Loans
Charities and Trusts.
Queen Mary, University of London Research
Studentships
(Home, EU and International students)
The College offers a number of research
studentships each year, which are tenable for up to
three years. The studentships cover tuition fees and
provide maintenance at the basic research council
level (for guidance: 14,940 during the 2008/09
session). Any applicant for admission to an MPhil
or PhD programme to commence in the 2009/10
session will automatically be considered for a
studentship, there is no separate application form.
Details on the number of studentships available in
each department can be obtained directly from the
department.
PhD studentships, including those linked to specific
funded projects within the College, are advertised on
the following websites: www.findaphd.com
www.jobs.ac.uk
Research Council Studentships
(Home and EU students only)
These are the primary source of funding for Home
and EU students and cover tuition fees and
maintenance. They are available for research
and some Masters programmes. Candidates must
ordinarily be resident in the UK for a period of three
years prior to the date of application (excluding any
period spent in further or higher education). The
studentships are normally only available for
candidates who have obtained a first degree
of good honours standard.
For further information about funding via the
respective Research Councils please visit their
websites:
The Arts and Humanities Research Council
(AHRC) www.ahrc.ac.uk
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
383
384
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
385
Further information
If you have any queries about tuition fees or the
scholarships and bursaries available through
Queen Mary, please dont hesitate to contact us:
Admissions and Recruitment Office
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5533
email: [email protected]
386
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
International students
Law
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Brazil
Canada
China
Ghana
Hong Kong
India
Jordan
Kenya
Kuwait
Korea
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
387
Countries
Law
Malaysia
Mexico
Mauritius
Nigeria
Oman
Pakistan
Qatar
Saudi
Arabia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Russia
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
UAE
USA
Vietnam
All other
countries
NB Please note that the requirements listed above are intended as a general guide only. For more information on our international
entry requirements please refer to: www.qmul.ac.uk/international/countries/ or contact the Admissions or International offices directly.
388
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
International students
(cont)
Airport collection
New international students are offered a free
airport collection service before the start of term in
September 2010. This service will be advertised on
the international pages of our website along with an
online booking form: www.qmul.ac.uk/prearrival/ and
details of the welcome programme.
Healthcare
There is a Student Health Service on campus. You
(and your spouse and children if they are in the UK
with you as your dependants) are entitled to free
medical treatment on the UK National Health Service
(NHS) if you are registered on a programme lasting
six months or longer. If your programme lasts for less
than six months, you should make sure you have
adequate medical insurance cover. If you are an EEA
Careers
The Queen Mary Careers team can support you with
all aspects of your career preparation: from getting
part-time work and volunteering whilst you study to
deciding which job or study option would suit you
best afterwards. Pick up our list of part-time work
opportunities for international students when you
arrive. We also stock directories of graduate job
vacancies with global firms. Whilst we don't run a
placement service, we do organise over 30 employerand alumni-led events every year on campus to help
you to explore the job market and meet employers. To
prepare you for these, come to our training sessions
on job-hunting approaches and how to write a UK CV.
For more information, please visit our website:
www.careers.qmul.ac.uk/students/international
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
389
Accommodation
International Office
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
www.qmul.ac.uk/international
Living costs
The cost of living in London is very much dependent
on your lifestyle, however the UK Borders Agency
require students to budget 9,600. This will cover
accommodation costs, food, travel, books and so on
for a full year. You should budget an additional
3,000 or so for each dependent. For further
information please visit
www.welfare.qmul.ac.uk/international/money
Scholarships
We constantly seek students of the highest quality,
and, in recognition of the important investment that
international students are making in their education,
we are pleased to offer a range of scholarships to
reward outstanding academic achievement.
For 2010-11, there will be a number of scholarships
available for international students, in many subjects
including Biological Sciences, Computer Science,
Economics, Electronic Engineering, Engineering,
Law, Materials, and more. Details of the various
scholarships or bursaries available for international
students can be found at
www.qmul.ac.uk/international/scholarships/
International Office
390
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
International students
(cont)
9,900
11,700
11,750
LLM
12,000
9,735
8,900
5,250
5,250
4,750
11,250
11,250
MSc Marketing
11,250
12,500
9,250
10,400
12,000
12,300
Essential information
Queen Mary, University of London
English language
All tuition and examinations at the College are in
English, so a sound command of the language is
essential for success in any course of study, or when
following a research degree. Queen Mary provides a
number of programmes in English for academic
purposes to help international students get the most
out of their study. You need to be able to cope with
reading, note taking from lectures, books, journals
and other materials; to speak well in seminars,
discussions groups and tutorials; and to present
yourself effectively in written assignments and
examinations.
English language requirements
If your first language is not English, you must provide
evidence that your English skills are sufficient by
including with your application details of recognised
language qualifications and experience in using the
language. If you are an international applicant you
are strongly advised to contact your local British
Council Office, take the IELTS (International English
Language Testing Service) test and submit the
results with your application. The Colleges minimum
requirement for postgraduates is an IELTS score of
6.5, or TOEFL 580 (computer-based TOEFL 237;
internet-based TOEFL 92). However, some
departments, such as Law, Business Management
and Medicine and Dentistry, require a higher score.
For detailed English language entry requirements for
different types of programme, you should check
www.qmul.ac.uk/international/
Other qualifications may be considered. Applicants
who score slightly below the required IELTS band
may be offered a place on the condition that they
attend a pre-sessional English Language Summer
programme (see below).
English Language Summer programmes
(pre-sessional programmes)
From June to September, we arrange a series of
English language programmes for students who wish
to improve their proficiency in English before starting
their university studies. The programme aims to
enhance ability in the four language skills of
listening, speaking, reading and writing; to teach
study skills such as note-taking, academic writing
and seminar participation; to develop skills essential
to working independently at postgraduate level; and
to familiarise you with life in Britain. We encourage
independent work and use of English by setting
individual projects. Queen Mary academic staff and
other visiting lecturers will participate by giving a
series of introductory guest lectures. We provide
residential accommodation on summer programmes
in the Colleges halls of residence.
391
Student
Resources
A-Z
394
Further information
A-Z
Accommodation
Finding suitable accommodation while studying at
Queen Mary is relatively easy. The Colleges own
facilities are both extensive and competitively priced.
The Colleges Student Village is the largest selfcontained campus within the University of London.
Privately-rented accommodation
Once settled in London, many postgraduate students
prefer the independent lifestyle offered by sharing
flats or houses with friends. The Residences Office
can provide advice, information and up-to-date
listings of privately owned accommodation available
for rent.
Family accommodation
If you have a family, we would strongly advise you
not to bring your partner or children to live in London
until you have secured suitable, affordable housing.
There is very little university or hostel
accommodation for students with families, and
housing in the private sector can be very expensive.
Contact
Full details of the accommodation options for
postgraduates can be found on our website.
Normal office hours are 9am-5pm throughout
the year, except weekends and UK Bank Holidays.
395
Alumni
Welfare advice
Our experienced welfare advisers have specialist
training to offer you professional advice on a range
of financial, practical and legal issues. Our aim is to
advise you about possible solutions and options
relating to financial, practical and legal issues, so
that you can concentrate on your academic
progress. Most of our work is about helping you
with your rights and entitlements, including:
postgraduate funding
council tax.
Counselling
Being a student can present you with many personal
and emotional challenges, and sometimes these can
have a negative impact on your experience of
student life.
Contact
Anila Memon
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3732
email: [email protected]
www.qmul.ac.uk/alumni
396
Further information
A-Z (cont)
Careers
Careers events
We run regular events designed to give you an
insight into graduate employers, job-hunting and
selection methods. These include:
A series of professional panels on particular topics,
such as our Political Soundbites event, Marketing
& PR Forum and Focus on Finance Week
Recruitment events offering an opportunity for
employers to highlight job opportunities, for
example at our annual Queen Mary recruitment
fairs and presentations
Regular master classes over lunchtime and early
evening to train you in job-hunting and employer
selection processes from application through to
assessment centre.
One-to-one guidance
If youre not sure how to proceed career-wise, the
best starting point is to drop in to see one of our
careers advisers or information officers. Youll get a
starter session of 15 minutes, after which you can
book a longer appointment if necessary. You can
also use the starter session to get feedback on your
application, personal statement, job-hunting or
interview approach. These sessions are completely
confidential.
For further information:
Careers Service
Student and Campus Services
W03, Queens Building, Mile end Campus
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 8533
email: [email protected]
www.careers.qmul.ac.uk
397
398
Further information
A-Z (cont)
Health Services
Nursery
Students Union
MAD magazine
Computer workstations
399
Computer workstations
400
Further information
A-Z (cont)
The Coffee Clinic at Whitechapel (BLSA building),
stocks core dental and medical text books, as well
as equipment needed for those courses, and
lunchtime snacks and drinks. If they dont have
your book, they are more than happy to order it in
for you
Bars
The main bar on campus: Drapers was fully
refurbished in 2007-08. A large investment has
enabled the Students Union to offer a very high
quality social space, as good as the best available
on the high street. During the day it offers:
Fresh coffees
Smoothies and juices
A range of healthy food and vegetarian options
Traditional bar food
In the evening, Drapers is a stylish bar with great
facilities for showing live sports in high definition,
and as a nightclub boasting state-of-the-art light and
sound systems. Our entertainments programme aims
to please everyone, with a range of events including
typical student cheese nights, RnB, alternative/indie,
live music and cinema.
The Griff-Inn bar at Whitechapel (BLSA building),
also offers high quality food and coffee during the
day, and a range of entertainments most evenings.
This is predominantly where our medical and dental
students like to unwind, but is open to all students.
Activities at QMSU
The Union is not just about entertainment and
commercial services. It should be your first port of
call to meet people, make friends and learn new
skills. We fund more than 150 sporting clubs and
societies, so whether your interest lies in sport,
politics, history or conservation, the Union is the
place to make it happen. Furthermore, through
a variety of Community Action projects such as
working with children, the disabled and the
homeless, Union members also have the opportunity
to get involved with the local community, through
our accredited volunteering scheme: Provide.
Sports
Students are responsible for running all of our clubs,
across both campuses, covering a wide range of
sports at a variety of different levels. Whether you
play for fun, or compete at either an intercollegiate
(ULU League) or national level (BUSA leagues), as a
club member you can enhance your skills, improve
your general fitness and, of course, make friends
and have fun. If you are a Medical or Dental student,
you have the option of joining one of the BLSA
401
External Organisations:
University of London Union (ULU)
The University of London Union (ULU) is the Union
for all the Colleges within the University of London.
Representing over 120,000 students, it is the largest
organised Students Union in Europe. Based in
central London (Malet Street), ULU provides a range
of services on an intercollegiate and complementary
basis, including cultural, recreational and sporting
activities. The ULU building houses places to eat,
bars, shops and a fitness centre called Energy Base
(including a swimming pool and a weights room),
ticket shop, and day nursery. It is also home to
London Student the University of London
newspaper. Go to www.ulu.co.uk to find out more.
The National Union of Students (NUS)
Membership of the NUS is automatic for Queen
Mary students, and membership privileges include
discounts at numerous shops, theatres and cinemas
across London. The NUS have introduced an
exciting initiative called The NUS Extra Card, which
means for just 10, students can enjoy even more
discounts with several favourite shops and services.
The NUS campaigns nationally on student issues,
giving you a voice that is heard by the government,
political parties and local authorities. Go to
www.nusonline.co.uk to find out more.
Next steps
404
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
Next steps
Contacts
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
www.qmul.ac.uk
Postgraduate admissions
All departments have a head of graduate studies and
an admissions tutor, who are listed in the appropriate
departmental sections of the prospectus. Please
contact the person listed if you want more detailed
information on particular departments or courses.
Admissions and Recruitment Office
If you have an admissions enquiry please contact:
Admissions and Recruitment Office
Freephone (UK callers only) 0800 376 1800
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5511
email: [email protected]
School of Medicine and Dentistry Graduate
School Office
The Admissions and Recruitment Office
Room CB02
Queens Building
Mile End
E1 4NS
Tel: Freephone (UK callers only) 0800 376 1800
or: +44 (0)20 7882 5511
email: [email protected]
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
International Office
If you are an international student please contact:
International Office
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 3066
email: [email protected]
Residences Office
Student and Campus Services
Queen Mary, University of London
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
Tel: +44 (0)20 7882 5522
email: [email protected]
405
406
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
How to find us
Underground
Queen Marys Mile End Campus is located between
Mile End station (Central, District, Hammersmith
and City lines) and Stepney Green station (District,
Hammersmith and City lines).
Buses
All of our campuses are well served by London bus
routes. Please check the Transport for London
website for detailed bus route maps and timetables.
Theres also a useful interactive journey planner:
www.tfl.gov.uk
You can also find links to road maps and more
detailed campus information on the Queen Mary
website at: www.qmul.ac.uk/about/campus/index.html
Docklands Light Railway (DLR)
The nearest DLR station to Queen Mary is Bow
Church, a short walk or bus ride from the College.
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
Taxis
Black cabs use a meter to calculate your fare and
you can hail one in the street. They are safe to use,
but can be expensive.
Mini-cabs are normal cars and charge a fixed price.
Only use registered mini-cab firms. If you want to
find the licensed minicab and black cab operators
in your area, you can text HOME to 60835. For more
information, see www.tfl.gov.uk/pco/findaride/
Airports
The closest airport is London City Airport just five
miles away which offers regular flights to UK and
other European cities.
Cars
Traffic is heavy and parking difficult, making driving
in London an unattractive option.
There are no parking places for students on campus,
with the exception of students displaying an
authorised blue disabled sticker (who have applied
for and received a College parking permit. Contact
the Disability and Dyslexia Service for advice on 020
7882 2756).
M1
THE NORTH
A1
STEVENAGE
HATFIELD
M25
A10
CAMBRIDGE
THE WEST
M4
M11
CAMBRIDGE
COLLEGE
SPORTSGROUNDS
CHELMSFORD
HARWICH
A12
A127
OXFORD
SOUTH WALES
A40
CENTRAL
LONDON
A102
(M)
A13
A2
A2
HEATHROW
A20
SOUTH
CIRCULAR
A21
M4
SOUTHAMPTON
ROCHESTER
CHATHAM
CANTERBURY
DOVER
M20
FOLKSTONE
A23
A3
GUILDFORD
PORTSMOUTH
A24
DORKING
WORTHING
407
M26
M25
M23
BRIGHTON
A21
TONBRIDGE
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
408
Campus maps
Mile End Campus
1
21
1
7
22
27
26
33
31
19
11
14
28
30
16
41
32
13
38
40
35
36
34
15
41
23
37
42
39
25
29
6
4
24
5
17
20
9
12
18
10
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
17 Graduate Centre
for Humanities
and Social Science
(Lock-keepers Cottage)
18 Hatton House
(Student Residences)
19 QMotion (Health and
Fitness Centre) Students
Union shop
20 Humanities Building
(under construction
2009)
21 Ifor Evans Place
(Student Residences)
22 Informatics Teaching
Laboratory (ITL)
23 Library
24 Lindop House
(Student Residences)
25 Lodge House
(Student Residences)
26 Lynden House
(Student Residences)
27 Mathematical Sciences
28 Maurice Court
(Student Residences)
29 Maynard House
(Student Residences)
30 Multi-Faith Centre
31 Nursery
32 Peoples Palace
- Great Hall
- Skeel LT
33 Pooley House
(Student Residences)
35 Principals Office
34 Queens Building
- Main
Reception/Enquiries
- College Administration
- Admissions Office
- Residences Office
- Security Lodge
- The Octagon
- Department of
Economics
36 Richard Feilden House
- Blomeley Centre
(Student Union
Offices)
- The Curve
- Student Residences
37 Selincourt House
(Student Residences)
38 Sir Christopher France
House (Student
Residences)
39 St Benets Chaplaincy
40 Student Village Shop
41 Varey House
(Student Residences)
42 John Priestley Building
- Engineering and
Materials Science
(Nanoforce)
- School of Biological
and Chemical
Sciences
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
409
Campus maps
Charterhouse Square Campus
e
nw
rke
Cle
8
1
6
7
re
qua
se S nce
hou ntra
rter ain e
m
Cha
5
6
7
8
ll R
oa
410
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
Campus maps
Whitechapel Campus
Nelson Street
19
4
18
8
5
1
5a
12
11
15
17
10
13
14
to
ce
ran
Ent
16
E
A&
Whitechapel Tube Station
1 Abernethy Building
2 Accident & Emergency
The Royal London Hospital
3 Arthritis and Rheumatism Council
Building (ARC)
4 BioEnterprise Innovation Centre
5 Blizard Building
5a Perrin lecture theatre
6 64 Turner Street
Next steps
Queen Mary, University of London
411
Campus maps
Lincolns Inn Fields
Postgraduate School of Law and Centre for Commercial Law Studies
Portugal St
St
Towards
Covent
Garden
Cle
me
n
ts
Ln
C
ge
an
Gr
New Square
Star Yard
th
ou
St
Towards
Chancery Lane
(Central Line)
five stops for
Mile End Campus
Chancery Ln
Serle St
St
ble
m
Port s
m
Ke
St
Kingsway
ley
K ee
Towards Barbican
for Charterhouse
Square Campus
Stone Buildings
Lincolns
Inn Fields
Newmans Row
a
Gre
Whetstone Park
Soane Museum
Lincolns Inn Fields
Remnant St
St
Brownlow St
Parker St
een
t Qu
High H
olborn
Gate St
Hand Ct
Holborn
t
Carey St
an
Ke
Stran
d
Strand
Strand
Bell Yard
St
The Royal
Courts of Justice
Aldw
ych
Fleet St
412
Further information
Queen Mary, University of London
A
Advanced Methods in Computer Science
(specialist) (MSc)
24
284 Crusader Studies (MA)
94
328
D
195
Dental Clinical Sciences (Postgraduate Diploma) 214
108
Dental Implantology (MClinDent)
215
352
337
351
216
218
Dental Technology
(MSc/Postgraduate Diploma)
217
226
B
Banking and Finance (MSc)
Bioinformatics (interdisciplinary) (MSc)
48
268, 291
273
Biomaterials (MSc)
336
329
201
195
30
310
309
42
E
Economics (Certificate)
53
Economics (MSc)
49
55
C
Cancer Therapeutics (MSc)
63
183
318
269
318
338
81
213
73
244
68
Clinical Microbiology
(MSc/Postgraduate Diploma)
197
72
330
136
219
293
290
F
Film Studies (MA)
109
34
110
51, 374
50
Further information
Queen Mary, University of London
413
135
26
G
Gastroenterology (MSc/Postgraduate Diploma)
198
199
Geography (MA/MSc)
80
85
27
138
165
166
L
Law and Finance (MSc)
54, 133
113
164
140
164
139
25
H
Health Sciences Education Research degrees
238
244
114
History (MA)
134
98
115
126
83
M
Management and Organisational
Innovation (MSc)
28
95
131
96
272
99
Marketing (MSc)
I
Implant Dentistry (MSc)
Inflammation: Cellular and Vascular
Aspects (Mres)
220
29
335
334
Mathematics (MSc)
350
246
353
333
286
186
129
132
288
233
Migration (MRes)
170
137
Migration (MSc)
169
135
130, 171
184
414
Further information
Queen Mary, University of London
(cont)
N
New Media Interaction (specialist) (MSc)
O
Oral Biology (MSc)
220
221
Orthodontics (MSc)
222
P
Paediatric Dentistry (MClinDent)
223
Periodontology (MClinDent)
224
154
84
365
366
172
234
235
Prosthodontics (MClinDent)
224
256
236
168
167
T
Telecommunications (Applications Pathway)
(MSc)
305
304
314
313
312
317
316
315
S
Science and Engineering (Graduate Diploma)
292
247
285
237
331
375
97
308
200
134
W
William Harvey Research Institute
research degrees
272
Wireless Networks (Physical Pathway) (MSc)
311 Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine
289 research degrees
40
306
332
Telecommunications
(Internet Computing Pathway) (MSc)
R
Renaissance and Early Modern Studies (MA)
185
307
258
Further information
Queen Mary, University of London
415
General index
A
Academic standards
H
4
Health Services
398
406
Accommodation
394
How to find us
Admissions
404
395
Alumni
395
Apply, How to
380
I
International outlook
International students
B
Bars
400
Bursaries
384
10
8
386
L
Lincolns Inn Fields campus map
411
Living costs
381
London
Careers
396
385
397
409
Contacts
404
381
12
408
N
Nursery
398
D
Disabilities and/or specific learning difficulties
397
O
Open Evenings
404
E
English language
391
Essential information
378
381
16
F
Faith at Queen Mary
397
385
381
399
382
RAE
384
Research excellence
Roots
416
Further information
Queen Mary, University of London
General index
(cont)
S
Scholarships
Science and Engineering Graduate School
382
14
Sport
399
392
Students Union
399
Studentships
382
T
Taught programmes
16
381
390
U
University of London
V
Visiting Queen Mary Campus Tours
404
Student and departmental photography by Jonathan
Cole (www.jonathanjamesphotography.com)
W
Whitechapel Campus map
410
www.qmul.ac.uk
Computer Science
Drama
Economics
Editing Lives and Letters
Electronic Engineering
Engineering and Materials Science
English
Geography
Global Studies
History
Languages, Linguistics and Film
Law
Mathematical Sciences
Medicine and Dentistry
Philosophy
Physics
Politics
Statistics
www.qmul.ac.uk
Read the instructions on the form carefully as you complete your application
Please type or complete the form using black ink
Please provide the documents in the checklist below
Please return completed application form and all documents to:
The Admissions and Recruitment Office,
Room CB02
Queens Building
Mile End Road
London
E1 4NS
United Kingdom
5. If you require assistance please contact us on Tel +44(0)20 7882 5533, or via email: [email protected]
Document Checklist
1 Completed Application Form
2 Transcript
Please provide a transcript of your degree(s). If you have not yet completed your degree please provide a
transcript of results achieved to date.
3 Two References
Please provide two references from your previous academic institution. If you have left university it is
acceptable to provide one academic and one employer reference. Please enclose the reference letters with
this application.
4 Proof of English Language Ability
Overseas applicants please provide evidence of English language ability IELTS, TOEFL, or other
acceptable proof please see www.qmul.ac.uk/international for details.
or
If you have not taken an English language test, or have taken the test but you are awaiting results
please tick here.
5 Resum/Curriculum Vitae (CV)
Please provide a recent resum.
6 Statement of Purpose
Your statement of purpose should explain why you chose your proposed course and how your
studies will help your life and career. This should be one side of A4.
Research Students Only
7 Research Proposal
If you are applying for a PhD / MPhil degree you should include a research proposal, which should typically
be a minimum of 500 words. You are advised to contact the relevant department as this requirement can vary.
Please tick if
provided
Personal details
Male
Gender:
Female
Nationality:
Please tick appropriate title
Dr
Mr
Mrs
Given Names:
Ms
Other:
Family Name:
Note: correspondence will be sent to your correspondence address. You must inform us every time your address changes.
Permanent home address
Postcode:
Postcode:
Telephone Number:
Fax Number:
Telephone number:
Fax number:
email
You must provide a personal active email address, this is essential for you to be kept informed about your application.
Programme details if you wish, you may apply for two taught programmes or one taught and one research
programme. Note: If offered places on both, you may only accept one and must decline the other.
Level of study
(MA, MSc, LLM, Dip, Cert)
Full-/part-time
Year of entry
Programme Code
LLM students please see prospectus/website and specify options (four if full-time, two if part-time)
1
Study by research
Area of study
Name of Supervisor
If known
Department
Start date
Full/part time
Place of birth:
Decision:
Highest
Qual
Nationality:
C
Quals
Verified
Reply: F
Jis sent
Domicile:
Confirmation: R
D
Trans to
SRS
Special
Needs
A
Prev QM
Previous education
Please provide details of your educational history, stating your most recent institution first. Continue on a separate sheet
if necessary.
Degree/qualifications Main field of study Name and location of Dates of study
institution(s) attended (from-to)
gained (eg BA, BSc, MB BS)
Results
Date of
Qualification
Result
Date awarded/
to be awarded
Employment History
If you have been in paid or voluntary employment, either during your studies or since graduating from university, please
provide details including a brief description of your main duties and responsibilities. Please continue on a separate sheet
if necessary.
Job Title
Employers Name
and Location
Dates
from to
Disability
11 White - British
0 No known disability
12 White - Irish
1 Dyslexia
13 White - Scottish
2 Blind/partially sighted
14 Irish Traveller
3 Deaf/hearing impairment
8 Multiple disabilities
Finance
We need detailed information about your areas of residence over the past four years to assist us in assessing your status
for the purpose of paying fees.
Nationality
Country of birth
Please give details of any scholarships or grants you are applying for or have already secured:
Disability
All applications are considered on academic merit in accordance with the Colleges commitment to promoting equal
opportunity applicants. It would assist us in offering you appropriate advice if you would give brief details of any
disability or special requirements you have provided below:
A detailed guide outlining current policy and provision for students with special needs is available from the Disability
Co-ordinator, Admissions Office or the College website. Please contact us if you would like a copy.
If you would like to discuss your needs before submitting this application, you can talk in confidence to the Disability
Coordinator on +44 (0)20 7882 3132.
Optional Questions
(These questions are for internal marketing purposes and will not be considered when
assessing your application. Continue on a separate sheet if necessary)
Declaration
All applicants must read and sign the following declaration:
I certify that the statements made by me on this form are correct. I understand that the College reserves the right to
withdraw any offer it may make, should any statement in this application prove to be false.
I confirm that, if admitted to the College, I will conform to all College Regulations.
I understand that the College reserves the right to withdraw or alter any course at any point before the start of the
academic year in which that course is due to be offered.
Read the instructions on the form carefully as you complete your application
Please type or complete the form using black ink
Please provide the documents in the checklist below
Please return completed application form and all documents to:
The Admissions and Recruitment Office,
Room CB02
Queens Building
Mile End
E1 4NS
United Kingdom
5. If you require assistance please contact us on Tel +44(0)20 7882 5533, Fax +44 (0)20 7882 5588
or via email: [email protected]
Document Checklist
Please tick if
provided
or
If you have not taken an English language test, or have taken the test but you are awaiting results
please tick here.
5 Resum/Curriculum Vitae (CV)
Please provide a recent resum.
6 Statement of Purpose
Your statement of purpose should explain why you want to study your proposed course and how it
will help your life and career. This should be one side of A4.
Research Students only
7 Research Proposal
If you are applying for a PhD/MPhil or MD(Res) degree you should include a 500-word research proposal.
Note: If you are applying for an advertised studentship you do not need to attach a research proposal.
Guidelines for research students are available on the graduate school website: www.smd.qmul.ac.uk/cgs/guide.htm
Personal details
Gender:
Male
Female
Date of birth
(dd:mm:year):
Nationality:
Country of birth:
Dr c Mr c Mrs c Ms c Other: c
Given Names:
Family Name:
Note: correspondence will be sent to your correspondence address. You must inform us every time your address changes.
Permanent home address
Postcode:
Postcode:
Telephone Number:
Telephone number:
Fax Number:
Fax number:
email
You must provide a personal active email address, this is essential for you to be kept informed about your application.
Programme details if you wish, you may apply for two taught programmes or one taught and one research
programme. Note: If offered places on both, you may only accept one and must decline the other.
Route
Level of study (MSc,
(if applicable) MClinDent, Dip, Cert)
Full-/part-time
Year of entry
Study by research
Area
of study
Level of study
Name of Supervisor
MPhil, PhD, MD(Res) (If known)
Result
Date awarded/
to be awarded
The School normally requires an overall score of at least 6.5 IELTS or TOEFL 590, however some programmes require a
higher minimum score and applicants are advised to consult the prospectus or contact the relevant Institute/Centre for
further details. www.qmul.ac.uk/international/
Previous education
Please provide details of your educational history, stating your most recent institution first. Continue on a separate sheet
if necessary.
Degree/qualifications
Main field
gained (eg BA, BSc, MB BS) of study
Dates of study
(fromto)
Results
Date of
Qualification
Dates of study
fromto
Date of
qualification
Employment History
If you have been in paid or voluntary employment, either during your studies or since graduating from university, please
provide details including a brief description of your main duties and responsibilities. Please continue on a separate sheet
if necessary.
Job Title
Finance
Dates
fromto
We need detailed information about your areas of residence over the past four years to assist us in assessing your status
for the purpose of paying fees.
If you are not a British citizen but you do reside permanently in the United Kingdom, please give details of your
immigration status, for example, asylum seeker, recognised refugee, granted exceptional leave to enter or remain etc.
Please attach certified copies of relevant Home Office documents.
Please give details of any scholarships or grants you are applying for or have already secured:
Please note that students are expected to have secured funding for the whole programme by the time of enrolment.
Disability
11 White - British
0 No known disability
12 White - Irish
1 Dyslexia
13 White - Scottish
2 Blind/partially sighted
14 Irish Traveller
3 Deaf/hearing impairment
8 Multiple disabilities
Optional Questions
(These questions are for internal marketing purposes and will not be considered when
assessing your application.)
Disability
All applications are considered on academic merit in accordance with the Colleges commitment to promoting equal
opportunity applicants. It would assist us in offering you appropriate advice if you would give brief details of any disability
or special requirements you have provided below:
A detailed guide outlining current policy and provision for students with special needs is available from the Disability
Co-ordinator, Admissions Office or the College website. Please contact us if you would like a copy.
If you would like to discuss your needs before submitting this application, you can talk in confidence to the Disability
Coordinator on +44 (0)20 7882 3132.
Hepatitis B
All Clinical students must provide, with their declaration of health, an original or certified copy of an authentic laboratory
report from a United Kingdom source depicting either their level of Hepatitis B antibody or results confirming that they
are not infectious carriers of the disease Hepatitis B. All students will be screened by the Occupational Health Officer if
their application is accepted. Evidence of immunity to Rubella and TB may be required by certain departments.
Occupational Health Requirements
All successful candidates are required to have health clearance from the Colleges Occupational Health Service before
their place can be finalised on the course.
Blood Tests
If the course includes exposure prone procedures (EPPs)*, to obtain health clearance candidates are required to have
satisfactory blood test results to show that they are not infected with Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Human
Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV). These blood tests are carried out in the Colleges Occupational Health Service under
strictly controlled circumstances.
To prevent wasted applications, candidates from overseas who are applying for courses requiring EPP work are advised
to have these blood tests carried out by their own doctor first. They will be retested by the Occupational Health Service
on arrival in the UK.
*EPPs are those invasive procedures where there is a risk that injury to the worker may result in the exposure of the
patients open tissues to the blood of the worker. These include procedures where the workers gloved hands may be in
contact with sharp instruments, needle tips or sharp tissues (eg spicules of bone or teeth) inside a patients open body
cavity, wound or confined anatomical space where the hands or fingertips may not be completely visible at all times.
Tuberculosis
Prior to commencing the course you must be free from infection with tuberculosis.
Declaration
All applicants must read and sign the following declaration:
I certify that the statements made by me on this form are correct. I understand that the College reserves the right
to withdraw any offer it may make, should any statement in this application prove to be false.
I confirm that, if admitted to the College, I will conform to all College Regulations.
I understand that the College reserves the right to withdraw or alter any course at any point before the start of the
academic year in which that course is due to be offered.